Siemens 6Ra70 Users Manual Ch 0 Cover Contentswopix

6RA70 to the manual ce03091a-16d5-418a-a642-83c481f2eb5a

2015-02-05

: Siemens Siemens-6Ra70-Users-Manual-410333 siemens-6ra70-users-manual-410333 siemens pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 232 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

SIMOREG DC Master

6RA70 Series Base Drive Instructions

Microprocessor-based converters from 15A to 1680A

for variable speed DC drives

Rev6.0

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

3333 Old Milton Parkway

Alpharetta, GA 30005

1-800-964-4114

seainfo@sea.siemens.com

www.sea.siemens.com/drives

©© 22000044 SSiieemmeennss EEnneerrggyy && AAuuttoommaattiioonn,, IInncc..

The Siemens logo and SIMOREG are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Product names mentioned may be trade-

marks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Order Number DCOM-80011-1500-0804SSS Printed in USA.

Global network of innovation

6RA70 Base Drives dc drives instructions • 2004

dc drives

Converter software version:

As these Operating Instructions went to print, SIMOREG 6RA70 DC Master converters were being delivered

from the factory with software version 2.2 installed.

These Operating Instructions also apply to other software versions.

Earlier software versions: Some parameters described in this document might not be available in the software

(i.e. the corresponding functionality is not available on the converter) or some

parameters will have a restricted setting range. SIMOREG 6RA70 Base Drive Panel

series requires software version 1.8 or later.

Later software versions: Additional parameters might be available on the SIMOREG DC Master (i.e. extra

functions might be available which are not described in these Operating Instructions)

or some parameters might have an extended setting range. In this case, leave the

relevant parameters at their factory setting, or do not set any parameter values which

are not described in these Instructions !

The latest software version of the SIMOREG DC Master can be read in parameters r060 and r065.

The latest software version is available at the following Internet site:

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/en/8467834

The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or contents is

not permitted without express written authority. All rights, including

rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design,

are reserved.

We have checked that the contents of this publication agree with the

hardware and software described herein. Nonetheless, differences

might exist and therefore we cannot guarantee that they are completely

identical. The information given in this publication is reviewed at regular

intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the

subsequent printings. Suggestions for improvement are welcome at all

times. SIMOREG ® is a registered trademark of Siemens

Siemens Energy & Automation 0-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

0 Contents

Page

1 Safety information 1-1

2 Introduction

2.1 Base Drive Panel Description 2-1

2.2 General Information 2-1

2.3 Rated DC Current 2-2

2.4 Card Rack Assembly 2-2

3 Parts and Service

3.1 Base Drive Panel model numbers 3-1

3.2 Service 3-2

3.3 Option part numbers 3-3

3.4 Spare Parts 3-4

3.5 Standard Terms & Conditions 3-10

4 Receiving and Unpacking 4-1

5 Technical Data

5.1 15 to 100 ADC Base Drive Panels 5-1

5.2 140 to 850 ADC Base Drive Panels 5-2

5.3 1180 to 1680 ADC Base Drive Panels 5-3

5.4 Applicable Standards 5-5

6 Installation and Dimensions

6.1 Installation Information 6-1

6.2 Base Drive Panel Outlines 6-2

7 Base Drive Panel Connections

7.1 Base Drive Panel Schematics 7-2

7.2 Control Connections CUD1 7-16

7.3 Control Connections CUD2 7-18

7.4 Description of Power/Control Terminals 7-20

0-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8 Start-up

8.1 General safety information 8-1

8.2 Operator control panels 8-2

8.3 Parameterization procedure 8-4

8.4 Typical connection diagrams 8-6

8.5 Reset to factory default values 8-8

8.6 Start-up procedure 8-9

9 Faults and Alarms

9.1 Fault messages 9-1

9.2 Alarm messages 9-28

10 Abbreviated Parameter List

Overview 10-1

Overview of Abbreviations 10-3

10.1 Operating Status Display 10-5

10.2 General Visualization Parameters 10-7

10.3 Access Authorization Levels 10-11

10.4 Definition of SIMOREG Converter 10-13

10.5 Setting Values for Converter Control 10-17

10.6 Definition of Motor 10-22

10.7 Definition of Speed Sensing Pulse Encoder 10-27

10.8 Armature Current Control, Reversing, Gating 10-30

10.9 Current/Torque Limitation 10-32

10.10 Auto-reserving stage. Armature gating unit 10-34

10.11 Speed Controller 10-34

10.12 Field Current Control, Gating 10-36

10.13 Closed Loop EMF Control 10-38

10.14 Ramp Function Generator 10-39

10.15 Setpoint Processing 10-41

10.16 Ramp Function generator 10-42

10.17 Monitoring Functions and Limits 10-42

10.18 Limit-Value Monitors 10-43

10.19 Settable fixed values 10-45

10.20 Fixed control bits 10-46

10.21 Digital Setpoint Inputs 10-46

10.22 Position sensing with pulse encoder 10-48

10.23 Connector selector switches 10-49

Siemens Energy & Automation 0-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

10.24 Motorized potentiometer 10-49

10.25 Oscillation 10-51

10.26 definition of Motor Interface 10-52

10.27 Torque Shell Input 10-53

10.28 Speed limiting controller 10-54

10.29 Friction compensation 10-54

10.30 Compensation of moment of inertia(dv/dt injection) 10-55

10.31 Speed controller 10-57

10.32 Field reversal 10-59

10.33 Input Quantities for Signals 10-59

10.34 Configuring of Closed-Loop Control 10-60

10.35 Control and Status Word 10-68

10.36 Further Configuring Measures 10-71

10.37 Analog Inputs 10-72

10.38 Analog Outputs 10-76

10.39 Binary Outputs 10-78

10.40 Configuration of Serial Interfaces 10-79

10.41 Deactivation of Monitoring Functions 10-89

10.42 Compensation values 10-89

10.43 Thyristor Diagnostics 10-90

10.44 Parameters for DriveMonitor and OP1S 10-90

10.45 Profile Parameters 10-90

10.46 Fault memory 10-91

10.47 Visualization parameters: Alarms 10-92

10.48 Device identification 10-93

10.49 Visualization parameters: Control and status word 10-93

10.50 Resetting and Storing Parameters 10-93

11 Simplified Block Diagrams 11-1

Siemens Energy & Automation 1-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

1 Safety information

WARNING

Hazardous voltages and rotating parts are present in this electrical equipment during

operation. Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death, severe

personal injury or substantial property damage.

Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment after first becoming

thoroughly familiar with all warning and safety notices and maintenance procedures contained

herein. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on proper handling,

installation, operation and maintenance.

Definitions:

• QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels, a "Qualified Person" is someone who

is familiar with the installation, construction and operation of the equipment and the hazards

involved. He or she must have the following qualifications:

1. Trained and authorized to energize, de-energize, clear, ground and tag circuits and equipment in

accordance with established safety procedures.

2. Trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established

safety procedures.

3. Trained in providing first aid.

• DANGER

For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels, "Danger" indicates that death,

severe personal injury or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not

taken.

• WARNING

For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels, "Warning" indicates that death,

severe personal injury or substantial property damage can result if proper precautions are not

taken.

• CAUTION

For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels, "Caution" indicates that minor

personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

• NOTE

For the purpose of this Instruction Manual, "Note" indicates information about the product or the

respective part of the Instruction Manual which requires particular attention.

1-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTE

These operating instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to

provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or

maintenance.

Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered

sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Siemens

Sales Office.

The contents of these operating instructions shall not become part or modify any prior or existing

agreement, commitment or relationship. The Sales Contract contains the entire obligations of

Siemens. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of

Siemens. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing

warranty.

DANGER

Converters contain hazardous electrical voltages, Death, severe bodily injury or significant

material damage can occur if the safety measures are not followed.

1. Only qualified personnel, who are knowledgeable about the converters and the provided

information, can install, start up, operate, troubleshoot or repair the converters.

2. The converters must be installed in accordance with all relevant safety regulations (e.g.

NEC, DIN, VDE) as well as all other national or local regulations. Operational safety and

reliability must be ensured by correct grounding, cable sizing and appropriate short-circuit

protection.

3. All panels and doors must be kept closed during normal operation.

4. Before carrying out visual checks and maintenance work, ensure that the AC power supply

is disconnected and locked out. Before the AC supply is disconnected, both converters and

motors have hazardous voltage levels. Even when the converter contactor is open,

hazardous voltages are still present.

5. When making measurements with the power supply switched on, electrical connections

must not be touched under any circumstances. Remove all jewelry from wrists and fingers.

Ensure that the test equipment is in good conditions and operationally safe.

6. When working on units that are switched on, stand on an insulating surface, i.e. ensure that

you are not grounded.

7. Carefully follow the relevant instructions and observe all danger, warning and cautionary

instructions.

8. This does not represent a full listing of all the measures necessary for safe operation of the

equipment. If you require other information or if certain problems occur which are not

handled in enough detail in the information provided in the Instruction Manual, please

contact your local Siemens office.

Siemens Energy & Automation 1-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

CAUTION

Electro-statically sensitive devices

The converter contains electro-statically sensitive devices. These can easily be destroyed if they are not

handled correctly. If, however, it is absolutely essential for you to work on electronic modules, please pay

careful attention to the following instructions:

• Electronic modules (PCBs) should not be touched unless work has to be carried out on them.

• Before touching a PCB, the person carrying out the work must himself be electro-statically discharged.

The simplest way of doing this is to touch an electrically conductive ground object, e.g. socket outlet

ground contact.

• PCBs must not be allowed to come into contact with electrically insulating materials − plastic foil,

insulating table tops or clothing made of synthetic fibers −

• PCBs may only be set down or stored on electrically conducting surfaces.

• When carrying out soldering jobs on PCBs, make sure that the soldering tip has been grounded.

• PCBs and electronic components should generally be packed in electrically conducting containers

(such as metallized-plastic boxes or metal cans) before being stored or shipped.

• If the use of non-conducting packing containers cannot be avoided, PCBs must be wrapped in a

conducting material before being put in them. Examples of such materials include electrically

conducting foam rubber or household aluminum foil.

For easy reference, the protective measures necessary when dealing with sensitive electronic components

are illustrated in the sketches below.

a = Conductive flooring d = Anti-static overall

b = Anti-static table e = Anti-static chain

c = Anti-static footwear f = Grounding connections of cabinets

f f f

f f

Seated workstation Standing workstation Standing/seated workstation

1-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 2-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

2 Description

2.1 Base Drive Panel Description

Series 6RA70 SIMOREG DC MASTER Base Drive Panels are complete drive assemblies ready to be

installed and operated. They include a 3-phase armature converter, single-phase field converter, main

contactor, protective semiconductor fuses, control power transformer, and power / control terminals.

Base Drive Panels are fully digital, compact units which supply the armature and field of variable-

speed DC drives with rated armature currents from 15A to 1680A. The motor field circuit can be

supplied with DC currents of up to 85A (current levels depend on the armature rated current).

2.2 General Information

Series 6RA70 SIMOREG DC MASTER converters are characterized by their compact, space-saving

construction. Their compact design makes them particularly easy to service and maintain since

individual components are readily accessible. The electronics box contains the basic electronic

circuitry as well as any supplementary option boards.

All SIMOREG DC MASTER units are equipped with a PMU simple operator panel mounted in the

converter door. The panel consists of a five-digit, seven-segment display, three LED’s as status

indicators and three parameterization keys. The PMU also features connector X300 with an USS

interface in accordance with the RS232 or RS485 standard. The panel provides all the facilities for

making adjustments or settings and displaying measured values required to start-up the converter.

The OP1S optional converter operator panel can be mounted directly in the converter door or

externally, e.g., in the cubicle door. When mounted remotely, the OP1S can be connected to the

converter with cables up to 5 meters (15 feet) length. Cable up to 50 meter (164 feet) in length can be

used if a separate 5 VDC power supply is available. The OP1S connects to the SIMOREG through

connector X300 using the RS485 interface. The OP1S can be installed as an economic alternative to

conventional door mounted metering devices (i.e., voltmeters, ammeters, and speed indicator).

The OP1S features a liquid crystal display with 4 x 16 characters for displaying parameter names in

plain text. English, German, French, Spanish and Italian can be selected as the display languages. In

addition the OP1S can store parameter sets for easy downloading to other drives.

The converter can also be parameterized on a standard PC with appropriate software connected to the

serial interface on the basic unit. This PC interface is used during start-up, for maintenance during

shutdown and for diagnosis in operation. Furthermore, converter software upgrades can be loaded

through this interface for storage in flash memory.

On single-quadrant converters, a fully controlled three-phase bridge supplies the armature. On four-

quadrant converters, two fully controlled three-phase bridges are connected in an inverse-parallel

connection to allow both positive and negative armature current. For the field converter, a single-

phase, half-controlled 2-pulse bridge supplies the motor shunt field.

The armature and field converters can operate with AC line frequencies from 45 to 65 Hz. If required

for a specific application, the frequency of the armature and field AC supplies can be different. The

armature converter 3 phase AC supply is phase insensitive however on base drives rated 1180, 1660

and 1680 amperes, the 3 phase cooling fan must be connected to get the proper direction of rotation.

The power section cooling system is monitored by means of temperature sensors.

2-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

The power section for the armature and field converters is constructed of isolated thyristor modules for

converters rated from 15A to 850A at 460VAC-line voltage. The heat sink in this case is electrically

isolated and at ground potential. On converters rated 1180, 1660 and 1680 amperes at 460 VAC, the

power section for the armature circuit is constructed using disk thyristors and the heat sinks are at line

voltage potential. The housing and terminal covers on power connections provide protection against

accidental contact for operators working in the vicinity. All connecting terminals are accessible from the

front.

All open and closed-loop drive control and communication functions are performed by two powerful

microprocessors. Drive control functions are implemented in the software as program modules that can

be "wired up" and changed by parameters.

2.3 Rated DC Current:

The rating plate of the 6RA70 power module has 2 rated currents listed on it. The first output rating is a

IEC class I ratings and has no bearing on the base drive panel rating. The second rating is the US

(NEMA) rating which the Base Drive Panel rating is derived from.

The US (NEMA) rated current allows operation at this rated current followed by an overload of 150%

for 60 seconds in a 45°C ambient. The overload can be applied no sooner than every 10 minutes.

Base Drive Panels are designed using the US rating which means that fuses, contactors, and terminal

blocks are sized for the rated US (NEMA) current.

The IEC class I rating is the maximum current the power module can supply continuously with no

overload. Because an overload is not possible the class I rated current is higher than the US rating.

The IEC class I rating cannot be used with Base Drive Panels because the Base Drive Panel fuses,

contactors, and terminal blocks will be overloaded.

The microprocessor calculates the current I2t value of the power section cyclically to ensure that the

thyristors are not damaged in overload operation.

2.4 Card Rack Assembly

One of the many features of the 6RA70 is its ability to expand its functionality modularly through the

use of adding additional option cards inserted in the internal card rack of the power module. A

complete list of the option cards can be found in 6RA70 catalog available from your local Siemens

Sales office.

The card rack assembly contains the CUD1 microprocessor board and two additional slots for two full

size option cards or four half-size option cards. The back plane of the card rack assembly contains an

EEPROM allowing the CUD1 to be replaced without reprogramming of the parameters. Since

additional information specific to the individual unit is programmed into the back plane of the

card rack assembly (model #, serial #, PIN code, etc..) the card rack assembly should never be

interchanged with another unit. If ordering an additional back plane (part # 6RY1703-0GA01)

the model and serial number of the power module will be required.

Siemens Energy & Automation 3-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

3 Parts and Service

3.1 Base Drive Panel Catalog Numbers

US RATING

(Amps DC)

1-QUAD TYPE

(Catalog No.)

4-QUAD TYPE

(Catalog No.)

Horsepower

(240V DC 1)

Horsepower

(500V DC)

15 6RA7013-2FS22-0 6RA7013-2FV62-0 3HP 7.5HP

30 6RA7018-2FS22-0 6RA7018-2FV62-0 7.5HP 15HP

60 6RA7025-2FS22-0 6RA7025-2FV62-0 15HP 30HP

100 6RA7030-2FS22-0 6RA7030-2FV62-0 25HP 60HP

140 6RA7072-2FS22-0 6RA7072-2FV62-0 40HP 75HP

210 6RA7075-2FS22-0 6RA7075-2FV62-0 60HP 125HP

255 6RA7077-2FS22-0 6RA7077-2FV62-0 75HP 150HP

430 6RA7082-2FS22-0 6RA7082-2FV62-0 125HP 250HP

510 6RA7083-2FS22-0 6RA7083-2FV62-0 150HP 300HP

850 6RA7087-2FS22-0 6RA7087-2FV62-0 250HP 500HP

1180(2) 6RA7091-2FS22-0 6RA7091-2FV62-0 350HP 700HP

1660(2) 6RA7094-2FS22-0 6RA7094-2FV62-0 500HP 1000HP

1680(2) 6RA7094-2FS22-085 6RA7094-2FV62-085 500HP 1000HP

1) Standard voltage configuration

as shipped is 460V AC.

See Technical application note

for 230V AC connection.

2) Standard voltage configuration

as shipped is 460V AC.

See Technical application note

for 575V AC connection on 1180

1660 & 1680A Base drives

3-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

3.2 Service

Spare Parts

An excellent stock of drive products spare parts is maintained at the Alpharetta, Georgia factory. Same

day delivery and after hour shipments can be serviced from this stock, including on weekends and

holidays. To contact Customer Service, simply call our Customer Service Group general phone number:

1-800-333-PIC1 (7421)

Technical Assistance

Should you need technical assistance (other than ordering a part), a reliable answering service ensures

that your request is relayed immediately to one of our technical support engineers 24 hours a day. To

contact the Technical Support and Field Service groups simply call:

1-800-333-PIC1 (7421)

Siemens Energy & Automation 3-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

3.3 Option Part Numbers

Options Order No.

Terminal expansion card (CUD2) 6RX1700-0AK00

User-friendly operator control panel (OP1S) 6SE7090-0XX84-2FK0

AOP1 adapter for mounting OP1A in cubicle door, including

5 m connecting cable

6SX7010-0AA00

PMU-OP1S connecting cable, 3m 6SX7010-0AB03

PMU-OP1S connecting cable, 5m 6SX7010-0AB05

LBA Local bus adapter for the electronics box

Note: LBA is needed to install any boards listed below

6SE7090-0XX84-4HA0

ADB Adapter board

Note: ADB is always needed to install CBC, CBP2, CBD,

EB1, EB2, SBP and SLB boards

6SE7090-0XX84-0KA0

SBP Pulse encoder evaluation board 1) 2) 6SX7010-0FA00

EB1 Terminal expansion board 2) 6SX7010-0KB00

EB2 Terminal expansion board 2) 6SX7010-0KC00

SLB SIMOLINK board 2) 6SX7010-0FJ00

CBP2 Communications board interface for PROFIBUS 2) 6SX7010-0FF05

CBC Communications board interface for CAN protocol 2) 6SX7010-0FG00

CBD Communications board interface for DeviceNet protocol 2) 6SX7010-0FK00

T400 Technology board with SPW 420 Axial winder software 2) 6DD1-842-0AA0

T400 Technology board with SPW 440 Angular Synchr. Software 2) 6DD1-842-0ABO

1) A pulse encoder evaluation circuit is a standard component of the basic SIMOREG converter. The SBP only

needs to be ordered in configurations requiring evaluation of a second pulse encoder.

2) The LBA local bus adapter and ADB adapter board must be ordered as additional components for installing

supplementary boards in the SIMOREG converter.

3-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

3.4 Spare Parts

Printed Circuit Boards

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART

NUMBER

RECOM

SPARE

Microprocessor board CUD1

(C98 043-A7001-L1)

All Ratings 6RY1703-0AA00 1

Power Interface board 1Q (85 to 575 VAC)

(C98 043-A7002-L1)

All 1Q Ratings 6RY1703-0DA01 1

Power Interface board 4Q (85 to 575 VAC)

(C98 043-A7002-L4)

All 4Q Ratings 6RY1703-0DA02 1

PMU Operator Panel (C98 043-A7005-L1) All Ratings 6RY1704-0AA00 -

Field Supply board (C98 043-A7014-L1) 30 to 100 Amp 6RY1703-0CA03 1

Field Supply board (C98 043-A7014-L2) 140 to 510 Amp 6RY1703-0CA01 1

Field Supply board (C98 043-A7004-L1) 850 to 1660 Amp 6RY1703-0EA01 1

Field Supply board (C98 043-A7004-L3) 1680 Amp 6RY1703-0EA03 1

Snubber board (C98 043-A7007-L4) 60 to 100 Amp 6RY1703-0FA04

Snubber board (C98 043-A7007-L6) 30, 140 & 210 Amp 6RY1703-0FA11 -

Snubber board (C98 043-A7011-L6) 255 & 430 Amp 6RY1703-0FA10 -

Snubber boards (C98 043-A7011-L1) 510 & 850 Amp 6RY1703-0FA06 -

Main Power Section Connector board

(C98 043-A7010-L2)

15 Amp (1Q, 4Q) 6RY1703-0CA04 1

Fuse for Power Supply, 1 amp F1, F2

Mounted on Power Interface board

15 – 1680 Amp 6RY1702-0BA00 2

Cables

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART

NUMBER

RECOM

SPARE

Ribbon Cable 20 pole X102 15 amp 6RY1707-0AA00

Ribbon Cable 64 pole X101 15 to 430 amp 6RY1707-0AA01 -

Ribbon Cable 20 pole X102 30 to 210 amp 6RY1707-0AA02 -

Ribbon Cable 20 pole X102 255 & 430 amp 6RY1707-0AA03 -

Ribbon Cable 20 pole X102 510 amp 6RY1707-0AA12 -

Ribbon Cable 64 pole X101 510 amp 6RY1707-0AA05 -

Ribbon Cable 20 pole X102 850 to 1680 amp 6RY1707-0AA06 -

Ribbon Cable 64 pole X101 850 to 1680 amp 6RY1707-0AA07 -

Siemens Energy & Automation 3-5

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fans/Blowers

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

FAN, 24 VDC

(C98130-A1256-C553)

140 & 210 amp 6RY1701-0AA07 2

FAN, 230 VAC, 1 Phase

(C98130-A7004-B130)

255, 430 & 510

amp

6RY1701-0AA11 1

FAN, 230 VAC, 1 Phase

(C98130-A7004-B330)

850 amp 6RY1701-0AA12 1

FAN, 460 VAC, 3 Phase

(C98 247-S1002-C25)

1180, 1660

&1680 amp

6RY1701-0AA04 1

Thyristors & Diodes

Armature Converter Thyristor Modules, (for 1-Quad Drives)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

Dual Thyristor Module 15 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA16 3

Dual Thyristor Module 30 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA17 3

Dual Thyristor Module 60 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA18 3

Dual Thyristor Module 100 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA11 3

Dual Thyristor Module 140 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA14 3

Dual Thyristor Module 210 amp 1Q 6SY7010-0AA02 3

Dual Thyristor Module 255 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA15 3

Dual Thyristor Module 430 amp 1Q 6SY7010-0AA05 3

Dual Thyristor Module 510 amp 1Q 6SY7010-0AA04 3

Dual Thyristor Module 850 amp 1Q 6RY1700-0AA04 3

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly, Front

(C98 130-A1255-B510)

1180 amp 1Q 6RY1702-0CA15 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly, Back

(C98 130-A1255-B511)

1180 amp 1Q 6RY1702-0CA16 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly, Front

(C98 130-A1255-B520)

1660 amp 1Q 6RY1702-0CA17 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly, Back

(C98 130-A1255-B521)

1660 amp 1Q 6RY1702-0CA18 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly, Front 1680 amp 1Q 6RY1702-0CA30 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly, Back 1680 amp 1Q 6RY1702-0CA31 2

3-6 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Armature Converter Thyristor Modules, (for 4-Quad Drives)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

Dual Thyristor Module 15 amp 4Q 6RY1700-0AA16 3

Dual Thyristor Module 30 amp 4Q 6RY1700-0AA17 3

Dual Thyristor Module 60 & 100 amp 4Q 6RY1700-0AA11 3

Dual Thyristor Module 140 amp 4Q 6RY1700-0AA14 3

Dual Thyristor Module 210 amp 4Q 6SY7010-0AA02 3

Dual Thyristor Module 255 amp 4Q 6RY1700-0AA15 3

Dual Thyristor Module 430 amp 4Q 6SY7010-0AA05 3

Dual Thyristor Module 510 to 850 amp 4Q 6SY7010-0AA04 3

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly

C98 130-A1256-B510

1180 amp 4Q 6RY1702-0CA02 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly

C98 130-A1256-B520

1660 amp 4Q 6RY1702-0CA03 2

Thyristor/Heatsink Assembly 1680 amp 4Q 6RY1702-0CA34 2

Field Converter Thyristor Modules

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

Dual Thyristor Module 15 to 430 amp 6RY1700-0AA12 1

Dual Thyristor Module 510 to 1660 amp 6RY1700-0AA17 1

Dual Thyristor Module 1680 amp 6RY1700-0AA05 1

Field Converter Diode Modules

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

Dual Diode Module 15 to 430 amp 6RY1700-0BA04 1

Dual Diode Module 510 to 1660 amp 6RY1700-0BA01 1

Dual Diode Module 1680 AMP 6RY1700-0BA05 1

Siemens Energy & Automation 3-7

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Power Fuses

Armature Converter AC Line Fuses, (1PFU - 3 PFU)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

25 amp, 700 volt 15 amp A1-FUF-END-C25 3

50 amp, 700 volt 30 amp A1-FUF-END-CDN 3

70 amp, 500 volt 60 amp A1-FUF-00D-014 3

125 amp, 500 volt 100 amp A1-FUF-00D-018 3

150 amp, 500 volt 140 amp A1-FUF-00D-019 3

200 amp, 500 volt 210 amp A1-FUF-00D-021 3

250 amp, 500 volt 255 amp A1-FUF-00D-023 3

400 amp, 500 volt 430 amp A1-FUF-00D-028 3

500 amp, 500 volt 510 amp A1-FUF-00D-030 3

800 amp, 800 volt (Leg Fuse) 850 amp 3NE3338-8 3

1000 amp, 660 volt (Leg Fuse) 1180 amp 6RY1702-0BA02 3

1250 amp, 660 volt (Leg Fuse) 1660 amp 6RY1702-0BA01 3

1500 amp, 660 volt (Leg Fuse) 1680 amp 6RY1702-0BA05 3

Armature Converter DC Fuses, 4-Quad Only, (4PFU)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

25 amp, 700 volt 15 amp A1-FUF-END-C25 2

50 amp, 700 volt 30 amp A1-FUF-END-CDN 2

90 amp, 700 volt 60 amp A1-FUF-00E-016 2

150 amp, 700 volt 100 amp A1-FUF-00E-019 2

175 amp, 700 volt 140 amp A1-FUF-00E-020 2

250 amp, 700 volt 210 amp A1-FUF-00E-023 2

300 amp, 700 volt 255 amp A1-FUF-00E-025 2

500 amp, 700 volt 430 amp A1-FUF-00E-030 2

600 amp, 700 volt 510 amp A1-FUF-00E-031 2

3-8 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Field Converter AC Line Fuses (1 & 2FSFU)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

20 amp, 700 volt 60 to 210 amp A1-FUF-END-C20 2

40 amp, 700 volt 255 to 850 amp A1-FUF-END-C40 2

50 amp, 700 volt 1180 to 1660 amp A1-FUF-END-C50 2

125 amp, 600 volt 1680 amp A1-FUF-HHA-024 2

Control Transformer Primary Fuses (1CFU, 2CFU)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

1.25 amp, 600 volt, Class "CC" 15 to 100 amp A1-FUF-AFA-006 2

2.5 amp, 600 volt, Class "CC" 140 & 210 amp

1180, 1660 &

1680 amp

A1-FUF-AFA-011 2

3.5 amp, 600 volt, Class "CC" 255 to 510 amp

850 amp, (460

volt input only)

A1-FUF-AFA-014 2

5 amp, 600 volt, Class "CC" 1180, 1660 &

1680 amp

(4CFU, 5CFU,

6CFU, 7CFU)

A1-FUF-AFA-016 4

Control Transformer Secondary Fuse (3CFU)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

0.75 amp, 250 volt, Type MDL 15 to 100 amp A1-FUF-DKA-GBF 2

1.5 amp, 250 volt, Type MDL 140 & 210 amp

1180,1660 &

1680 amp

A1-FUF-DKA-GBP 2

2 amp, 250 volt, Type MDL 255 to 510 amp A1-FUF-DKA-GBV 2

6.25 amp, 250 volt, Type MDL 850 amp A1-FUF-DKA-GCM 2

Siemens Energy & Automation 3-9

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Control Transformer (1CTR, 2CTR, 3CTR)

DESCRIPTION

460 VAC Primary

WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

115 VA, 230 VAC secondary 15 to 100 amp A1-TRC-Q0C-285 -

250 VA, 230 VAC secondary 140 & 210 amp

1180, 1660 &

1680 amp

A1-TRC-Q0C-286 -

350 VA, 230 VAC secondary 255 to 510 amp A1-TRC-Q0C-287 -

1000 VA, 230 VAC secondary 850 amp A1-TRC-Q0C-288 -

750 VA, 460 VAC secondary 1180,1660 &

1680 amp

A1-TRC-Q0C-289 -

Main Contactor (M)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 15 amp 3RT1016-1AP61 -

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 30 amp 3RT1025-1AP60 -

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 60 amp 3RT1035-1AP60 -

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 100 amp 3RT1044-1AP60 -

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 140 amp 3RT1045-1AP60 -

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 210 amp 3RT1456-6AP36 -

3 Pole AC contactor, 240 VAC coil 255 amp 3RT1456-6AP36 -

1 Pole DC contactor, 250 VDC coil 430 to 1680 amp A1-CRD-CAC-010 -

Contactor Coil Suppressor (1SP, ENSP)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

Suppressor, varistor type 127 – 240 V 15 amp

430 to 1680 amp

3RT1916-1BD00 -

Suppressor, varistor type 127 – 240 V 30 to 140 amp 3RT1926-1BD00 -

Auxiliary Relay, (EN), and Rectifier Bridge, (MREC)

DESCRIPTION WHERE USED

US Rating 460V

PART NUMBER RECOM

SPARE

Relay, 2-NO, 2-NC, 230 VAC coil 430 to 1680 amp 3RH1122-1AP60 -

Rectifier Bridge, 1 Phase, 5A, 800 V 430 to 1680 amp A1-116-002-001 -

3-10 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

3.5 Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. ("Seller")

1. WARRANTY - Seller warrants that on the date of shipment the goods are of the kind and quality described herein and are free of non-

conformities in workmanship and material. This warranty does not apply to goods delivered by Seller but manufactured by others.

(b) Buyer's exclusive remedy for a nonconformity in any item of the goods shall be the repair or the replacement (at Seller's option) of

the item and any affected part of the goods. Seller's obligation to repair or replace shall be in effect for a period of one (1) year from

initial operation of the goods but not more than eighteen (18) months from Seller's shipment of the goods, provided Buyer has sent

written notice within that period of time to Seller that the goods do not conform to the above warranty. Repaired and replacement parts

shall be warranted for the remainder of the original period of notification set forth above, but in no event less than 12 months from repair

or replacement. At its expense, Buyer shall remove and ship to Seller any such nonconforming items and shall reinstall the repaired or

replaced parts. Buyer shall grant Seller access to the goods at all reasonable times in order for Seller to determine any nonconformity in

the goods. Seller shall have the right of disposal of items replaced by it. If Seller is unable or unwilling to repair or replace, or if repair or

replacement does not remedy the nonconformity, Seller and Buyer shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the contract price, which

may include a full refund of the contract price for the nonconforming goods.

IT DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, COURSE OF

DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE.

(d) Buyer and successors of Buyer are limited to the remedies specified in this article and shall have no others for a nonconformity in

the goods. Buyer agrees that these remedies provide Buyer and its successors with a minimum adequate remedy and are their

exclusive remedies, whether Buyer's or its successors' remedies are based on contract, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict

liability, indemnity, or any other legal theory, and whether arising out of warranties, representations, instructions, installations, or non-

conformities from any cause.

Note: This article 1 does not apply to any software which may be furnished by Company. In such cases, the attached Software License

Addendum applies.

2. PATENTS - Seller shall pay costs and damages finally awarded in any suit against Buyer or its vendees to the extent based upon a

finding that the design or construction of the goods as furnished infringes a United States patent (except infringement occurring as a

result of incorporating a design or modification at Buyer's request), provided that Buyer promptly notifies Seller of any charge of

infringement, and Seller is given the right at its expense to settle such charge and to defend or control the defense of any suit based

upon such charge. Seller shall have no obligation hereunder with respect to claims, suits or proceedings, resulting from or related to, in

whole or in part, (i) the use of software or software documentation, (ii) compliance with Buyer's specifications, (iii) the combination with,

or modification of, the goods after delivery by Seller, or (iv) the use of the goods, or any part thereof, in the practice of a process. THIS

ARTICLE SETS FORTH SELLER'S ENTIRE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS.

3. PERFORMANCE; DELAYS - TTimely performance by Seller is contingent upon Buyer's supplying to Seller, when needed, all

required technical information and data, including drawing approvals, and all required commercial documentation. If Seller suffers delay

in performance due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, the time of performance shall be extended a period of time equal to the

period of the delay and its consequences. Seller will give to Buyer notice within a reasonable time after Seller becomes aware of any

such delay.

4. SHIPMENT, TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS - (a) The term "shipment" means delivery to the initial carrier in accordance with the delivery

terms of this contract. Seller may make partial shipments. Seller shall select method of transportation and route, unless terms are f.o.b

point of shipment and Buyer specifies the method and route and is to pay the freight costs in addition to the price. When terms are f.o.b.

destination or freight allowed to destination, "destination" means common carrier delivery point (within the United States, excluding

Alaska and Hawaii) nearest the destination.

(b) Title to the goods and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Buyer at the f.o.b. point. Seller shall not be responsible for damage to the

goods after having received "in good order" receipts from the carrier.

5. TAXES - Any applicable duties or sales, use, excise, value-added or similar taxes will be added to the price and invoiced separately

(unless an acceptable exemption certificate is furnished).

6. TERMS OF PAYMENT - (a) Unless otherwise stated, all payments shall be in United States dollars, and a pro rata payment shall

become due as each shipment is made. If shipment is delayed by Buyer, date of notice of readiness for shipment shall be deemed to be

date of shipment for payment purposes.

(b) On late payments, the contract price shall, without prejudice to Seller's right to immediate payment, be increased by 1 1/2% per

month on the unpaid balance, but not to exceed the maximum permitted by law.

(c) If any time in Seller's judgment Buyer is unable or unwilling to meet the terms specified, Seller may require satisfactory assurance or

full or partial payment as a condition to commencing or continuing manufacture or making shipment, and may, if shipment has been

made, recover the goods from the carrier, pending receipt of such assurances.

Siemens Energy & Automation 3-11

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

7. NONCANCELLATION - Buyer may not cancel or terminate for convenience, or direct suspension of manufacture, except with Seller's

written consent and then only upon terms that will compensate Seller for its engineering, fabrication and purchasing charges and any other

costs relating to such cancellation, termination or uspension, plus a reasonable amount for profit.

8. NUCLEAR - Buyer represents and warrants that the goods covered by this contract shall not be used in or in connection with a nuclear

facility or application. If Buyer is unable to make such representation and warranty, then Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller

and to waive and require its insurers to waive all right of recovery against Seller for any damage, loss, destruction, injury or death resulting

from a "nuclear incident", as that term is defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, whether or not due to Seller's negligence.

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY - Neither Seller, nor its suppliers shall be liable, whether in contract, warranty, failure of a remedy to achieve

its intended or essential purposes, tort (including negligence), strict liability, indemnity or any other legal theory, for loss of use, revenue or

profit, or for costs of capital or of substitute use or performance, or for indirect, special, liquidated, incidental or consequential damages, or for

any other loss or cost of a similar type, or for claims by Buyer for damages of Buyer's customers. Seller's maximum liability under this

contract shall be the contract price. Buyer and Seller agree that the exclusions and limitations set forth in this article are separate and

independent from any remedies which Buyer may have hereunder and shall be given full force and effect whether or not any or all such

remedies shall be deemed to have failed of their essential purpose.

10. GOVERNING LAW AND ASSIGNMENT - The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement of

this contract, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the

International Sale of Goods shall be excluded. Assignment may be made only with written consent of both parties; provided, however, Seller

may assign to its affiliate without Buyer's consent.

11. ATTORNEY FEES - Buyer shall be liable to Seller for any attorney fees and costs incurred by Seller in enforcing any of its rights

hereunder.

12. DISPUTES - Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute arising out of or relating to this contract and not resolved

in the normal course of business. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute promptly by negotiations between executives

who have authority to settle the dispute. If the matter has not been resolved within 60 days of the notice, either party may initiate non-binding

mediation of the dispute.

13. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS - To the extent permitted by applicable law, any lawsuit for breach of contract, including breach of warranty,

arising out of the transactions covered by this contract, must be commenced not later than twelve (12) months from the date the cause of

action accrued.

14. PRICES - In the event of a price increase or decrease, the price of goods on order will be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease.

This does not apply to a shipment held by request of Buyer. Goods already shipped are not subject to price increase or decrease. Orders on

a bid or contract basis are not subject to this article. Orders amounting to less than $100.00 net will be invoiced at $100.00 plus

transportation charges for goods covered by discount schedules. Seller's prices include the costs of standard domestic packing only. Any

deviation from this standard packing (domestic or export), including U.S. Government sealed packing, will result in extra charges. To

determine such extra charges, consult Seller's sales offices.

15. ADDITIONAL TERMS OF PAYMENT - (a) Invoice payment terms are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time.

Cash discounts are not applicable to notes or trade acceptances, to prepaid transportation charges when added to Seller's invoices or to

discountable items if there are undisputed past due items on the account. Portions of an invoice in dispute should be deducted and the

balance remitted with a detailed explanation of the deduction. Cash discounts will only be allowed on that portion of the invoice paid within

the normal discount period.

(b) Freight will be allowed to any common-carrier free-delivery point within the United States, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, on shipments

exceeding $1,000 net or more providing Seller selects the carrier. On shipments to Alaska and Hawaii, freight will be allowed to dockside at

the listed port of debarkation nearest the destination point on shipments of $1,000 net or more. Buyer shall pay all special costs such as

cartage, stevedoring and insurance. Special freight allowances are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time.

Cataloged weights are estimated, not guaranteed. Seller assumes no responsibility for tariff classifications on carriers.

16. CHANGES IN LAWS AND REGULATIONS - Seller's prices and timely performance are based on all applicable laws, rules, regulations,

orders, codes, standards or requirements of governmental authorities effective on the date of Seller's proposal. Any change to any law, rule,

regulation, order, code, standard or requirement which requires any change hereunder shall entitle Seller to an equitable adjustment in the

prices and any time of performance.

3-12 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 4-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

4 Receiving, unpacking

SIMOREG Base Drive Panels are packed at the manufacturing plant in protective containers suitable

for shipping. Avoid dropping and shocks during unloading and moving the SIMOREG during receiving.

Observe the instructions on the package for transport, storage, and correct handling.

If you discover that the Base Drive Panel has been damaged during shipment, please inform your

shipping agent immediately.

WARNING

If a SIMOREG Base Drive Panel was damaged during transport, it must not be connected up

without first being repaired and tested by a qualified repair person.

Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death, severe personal injury or

substantial property damage.

Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment after first becoming

thoroughly familiar with all warning and safety notices and maintenance procedures contained

herein. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on proper handling,

installation, operation and maintenance.

Procedure for Shipping Damage

SIMOREG Base Drive Panels are normally shipped FOB factory making it the buyers responsibility to

make sure the equipment is received undamaged. Carefully examine the equipment before accepting

the shipment from the transport carrier. If you do not notify the carrier immediately of any damage you

may lose your right to file a damage claim. If required you can request support from the local Siemens

office.

• When received, examine the shipment to ensure that it is complete and not damaged.

• Damaged or missing items that are obviously visible should be specified in the shipping papers

and must be countersigned by personnel from the transport company.

• Immediately notify the transport company in writing of any damage or missing items

4-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 5-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

5 Technical data:

5.1 15ADC to 100ADC Base Drive Panels, 3AC 460V, 1 & 4Q

Rated supply voltage

armature 1)

V 3 Phase

460 (+10% / – 5%)

Rated input current

armature + field 2)

A 17.3 34.6 59.2 92

Rated supply voltage field V 1 Phase 460 (+10%)

Rated frequency Hz 45 to 65 Hz self adapting (armature

and field are independent)

Rated DC voltage 3) V 500

Rated DC armature current A 15 30 60 100

Overload capability 60s 7) 150% of rated DC current

Rated output @ 500 VDC Hp 7 ½ 15 30 60

Rated output @ 240 VDC Hp 3 7 ½ 15 25

Power loss at rated DC current

(approximate)

W 150 200 360 510

Rated DC voltage field V 300

Rated DC field current A 5 10

Operational ambient

temperature

°C 0 to 45 at Irated

self-cooled 4)

Storage and transport

temperature

°C – 25 to +70

Installation altitude above sea

level

≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 5)

Control stability ∆n = 0.006% of the rated motor

speed, valid for pulse encoder

operation and digital setpoint

∆n = 0.1% of the rated motor

speed, valid for analog tachometer

or analog setpoint 6)

Degree of protection Open Chassis (IP00)

Dimensions See dimension drawings in Section 6

Weights (approx.) Lbs. 35 55 60 70

x) Explanation at end of list of tables

5-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

5.2 140ADC to 850ADC Base Drive Panels, 3AC 460V, 1 & 4Q

Rated supply voltage

armature 1)

V 3 Phase

460 (+10% / – 5%)

Rated input current

armature + field 2)

A 129.8 187.2 234.1 377.6 448.2 727

Fan type V Internal 24VDC 1 Phase

230V

Air flow rate ft3/min 100 570 1300

Fan noise level dBA 40 76 85

Rated supply voltage field V 1 Phase 460 (+10%)

Rated frequency Hz 45 to 65 Hz self adapting (armature and field are

independent)

Rated DC voltage 3) V 500

Rated DC armature current A 140 210 255 430 510 850

Overload capability 60s 7) 150% of rated DC current

Rated output @ 500 VDC Hp 75 125 150 250 300 500

Rated output @ 240 VDC Hp 40 60 75 125 150 250

Power loss at rated DC current

(approximately)

W 740 1000 1300 1915 2180 3850

Rated DC voltage field V 300

Rated DC field current A 15 25 30

Operational ambient

temperature

°C 0 to 45 at Irated

fan-cooled 4)

Storage and transport

temperature

°C – 25 to +70

Installation altitude above sea

level

≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 5)

Control stability ∆n = 0.006% of the rated motor speed, valid for pulse

encoder operation and digital setpoint

∆n = 0.1% of the rated motor speed, valid for analog

tachometer or analog setpoint 6)

Degree of protection Open Chassis (IP00)

Dimensions Refer to dimension drawings in Section 6

Weights (approx.) Lbs. 90 95 145 160 210 400

Siemens Energy & Automation 5-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

5.3 1180ADC, 1660ADC & 1680ADC Base Drive Panels, 3AC 460V, 1 & 4Q

Rated supply voltage armature

V 3 Phase

460 (+10% / – 5%)

Rated input current armature

A 1000 1401 1455

Fan type V 3 Phase

460V

Air flow rate ft3/min 824

Fan noise level dBA 88

Rated supply voltage field V 1 Phase 460 (+10%)

Rated frequency Hz 45 to 65 Hz self adapting (armature and field are

independent)

Rated DC voltage 2) V 500

Rated DC armature current A 1180 1660 1680

Overload capability 60s 7) 150% of rated DC current

Rated output @ 500 VDC Hp 700 1000 1000

Rated output @ 240 VDC Hp 350 500 500

Power loss at rated DC current

(approximately)

W 5540 7590 7280

Rated DC voltage field V 300

Rated DC field current A 40 85

Operational ambient

temperature

°C 0 to 45 at Irated

fan-cooled 4)

Storage and transport

temperature

°C – 25 to +70

Installation altitude above sea level ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 5)

Control stability ∆n = 0.006% of the rated motor speed, valid for pulse

encoder operation and digital setpoint

∆n = 0.1% of the rated motor speed, valid for analog

tachometer or analog setpoint 6)

Degree of protection Open Chassis (IP00)

Dimensions Refer to dimension drawings in Section 6

Weights (approx.) Lbs. 725 755 760

5-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Notes:

1) Operation with reduced input voltage will result in reduced maximum output voltage accordingly.

2) Values apply for rated DC output current on both the armature and field circuits.

3) The specified output DC voltage can be guaranteed up to an undervoltage of 5% of rated line voltage.

4) The table below gives load values, (DC current), as a function of ambient temperature surrounding the

Base Drive Panel, (refer to P077). Note, Important: When Base Drive Panels are installed into

enclosures, make sure the temperature inside does not exceed 45oC, otherwise derate the DC current

rating per the table below.

Ambient temperature % reduction in base drive dc ampere rating

Self-cooled converters Fan-cooled converters

(15, 30, 60, 100 ADC) (140 - 1660 ADC)

+40ºC

+45ºC

+50ºC

+55ºC

+60ºC

– 0 %

– 6 %

– 11 %

– 18 %

– 0 %

– 5 % a)

a) Operation of fan cooled units at ambients above 50oC is not permitted

because of limitations on the allowable fan operating temperature.

5) Load values, (DC current), as a function of installation altitude (refer to P077)

100

Installation altitude

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 m

Percentage

load "b"

67%

Curve b1: Reduction factor of load values, (DC current),

at installation altitudes above 1000 m.

No derating of the supply voltages to any circuits is required

up to an installation altitude of 5000 m for basic insulation.

Siemens Energy & Automation 5-5

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

6) Requirements to achieve control stability:

The control stability (closed-loop PI control) is referred to the rated motor speed and applies

when the SIMOREG converter is warm. The following conditions are applicable:

• Temperature changes of ±10 °C.

• Line voltage changes corresponding to +10% / – 5% of the rated input voltage.

• Temperature coefficient of temperature-compensated tachometer 0.15‰ per 10 °K,

(applies only to analog tachometer).

• Constant setpoint (14-bit resolution).

• Motor, load, and encoder are correctly aligned and the load is balanced.

7) Details of overload capability:

Following operation at rated load, base drive panels are capable of carrying 150% of rated load

for 1 minute, followed by a period of light load operation of such duration that the rms load does

not exceed rated continuous current. Base Drive Panels are designed for operation with

heatsink air inlet temperatures up to 45°C.

5.4 Applicable standards

UL508A

National Electrical Code 1999

5-6 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

6 Installation and Dimensions

6.1 Installation Information

SIMOREG Base Drive Panels are designed as chassis units intended to be mounted inside a protective

enclosure or inside a control room. The units are to be mounted vertically in cubicles usually with the power

connections at the top and the control connections at the bottom. A minimum 100-mm (4-inch) clearance must

be kept above and below the converter in order to ensure unrestricted cooling airflow. The minimum

enclosure size to be used is 23.6 by 23.6 by 86.6 inch high. The open chassis units are designed to operate in

a 45°C ambient. When enclosed in a cubicle the ambient temperature outside the cubicle should not exceed

40°C, which then allows for a 5°C-temperature rise inside the cubicle. Care must be taken in the selection of

the cubicle so that the internal temperature rise does not exceed 5°C. Refer to section 5 for approximate

power loss data.

Note, Important: This equipment is designed and package-protected to handle the normal shock and

vibration typically encountered in shipment. Do not install these Base Drive Panels on equipment subject

to shock or vibration. Select a reasonably clean location for installation, free from corrosive or

conductive materials or fumes.

CAUTION

Failure to lift the Base Drive Panel in the correct manner can result in bodily injury and/or

property damage.

The Base Drive Panel must be lifted using suitable equipment and under the instruction of

appropriately qualified personnel.

The user is responsible for installing the Base Drive Panel, motor, transformer as well as other

equipment according to safety regulations (e.g. NEC), as well as all other relevant national or

local regulations regarding cable sizing and protection, grounding, disconnects, overcurrent

protection, etc.

The Base Drive Panels must be installed in accordance with the relevant safety regulations

(e.g. NEC), as well as all other relevant national and local regulations. It must be ensured that

the grounding, cable sizing and appropriate short-circuit protection have been implemented to

guarantee operational safety and reliability.

Note, Important: Base Drive Panels have high-speed semiconductor fuses installed for

protection of the thyristors in the event high fault currents are encountered. These fuses are

“special purpose” fuses, and do not meet the requirements of the NEC for short-circuit

protection in motor branch circuits. It is necessary to provide other devices for short-circuit

protection. Typically molded case circuit breakers or NEC style fuses are used for this purpose.

Refer to applicable sections of the NEC for additional information.

NOTE

The fundamental principles of EMC in Section 6.1 of SIMOREG 6RA70 DC Master operating

instructions (Order # 6RX1700-0AD76) must be adhered to when installing any unit.

6-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

6.2 Base Drive Panel Outlines:

Dimensions are mm (inches)

PX300

SIEMENS 6RA70

238 (9.4)

613

(24.1)

638

(25.1)

(0.6)

(0 .4 )

265 (10.4)

POWER TERMINALS

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, GND

TERMINALS 80 - 92

15 - 30 AMP BASE DRIVE PANELS, (1 & 4Q)

268 (10.6)

(15 Amp)

339 (13.4)

(30 Amp)

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8,

(.312"), SCREWS, 4-PLACES

FUSE NOT

SUPPLIED ON

1-QUAD UNITS

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

6RA70SIEMENS

PX300

339 (13.4)

TERMINALS 80 - 92

POWER TERMINALS

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, GND

709

(27.9)

734

(28.9)

(0 .4 )

238 (9.4)

268 (10.6)

(0.6)

60 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8,

(.312"), SCREWS, 4-PLACES

FUSE NOT

SUPPLIED ON

1-QUAD UNITS

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

6-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

SIEMENS

PX300

6RA70

339 (13.4) 238 (9.4)

268 (10.6)

(0.6)

806

(31.7)

831

(32.7)

POWER TERMINALS

L1, L2 , L3, A1, A2, GND

TERMINALS 80 - 92

100 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8,

(.312"), SCREWS, 4-PLACES

FUSE NOT

SUPPLIED

ON 1-QUAD

UNITS

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-5

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

SIEMENS

PX300

6RA70

L1 L2 L3 A1 A2

326(12.8)

TERMINALS 80 - 92

266(10.5)

290(11.4)

(0.45)

(0.4)

980

(38.6)

960

(37.8)

140 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

GROUND

TERMINAL

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8,

(.312"), SCREWS, 4-PLACES

FUSE NOT

SUPPLIED

ON 1-QUAD

UNITS

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

6-6 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

SIEMENS

PX300

6RA70

326(12.8)

(0.4) 12

(0.45)

1100

(43.3)

1120

(44.1)

266 (10.5)

290 (11.4)

210 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

L1 L2 L3 A1 A2

TERMINALS 80 - 92

GROUND

TERMINAL

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8,

(.312"), SCREWS, 4-PLACES

FUSE NOT

SUPPLIED ON

1-QUAD UNITS

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-7

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

6RA70SIEMENS

TERMINALS 80 - 92

L1 L2 L3 A1 A2

266 (10.5)

(0.4)

290 (11.4)

(0.45)

1160

(45.7)

1180

(46.5)

331 (13.0)

255 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

GROUND

TERMINAL

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8,

(.312"), SCREWS, 4-PLACES

FUSE NOT

SUPPLIED ON

1-QUAD UNITS

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

6-8 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

PX300

SIEMENS 6RA70

L1 L2 L3 A1 A2

430 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE

REQ'D FROM CONTACTOR

ARC CHUTE TO ANY

GROUNDED METAL

(1.4)

TERMINALS 80 - 94

334 (13.1)

520 (20.5)

550 (21.6)

(0.6)

(0.8)

1200

(47.2)

880

(34.6)

280

(11.0)

FUSE NOT SUPPLIED

ON 1-QUAD UNITS

GROUND TERMINALMOUNTING HOLES FOR M10,

(.375"), SCREWS, 6-PLACES

348 (13.7)

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-9

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

L1 L2 L3 A1 A2

PX300

SIEMENS 6RA70

376 (14.8)

520 (20.5)

550 (21.6)

(0.6)

(0.8)

1200

(47.2)

880

(34.6)

280

(11.0) TERMINALS 80 - 94

(1.4)

510 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M10,

(.375"), SCREWS, 6-PLACES GROUND TERMINAL

FUSE NOT SUPPLIED

ON 1-QUAD UNITS

ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE

REQ'D FROM CONTACTOR

ARC CHUTE TO ANY

GROUNDED METAL

348 (13.7)

NOTE, IMPORTANT: ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS, (4"), OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT

TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW. ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE

OR CABLE ENTRY/EXIT AND BENDING. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

6-10 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

X300

A1 A2 L1 L2 L3

SIEMENS 6RA70

TERMINALS

80 - 94

CABLE CONNECTIONS

TO POWER MODULE

THIS AREA

850 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

425 (16.7) 768 (30.2)

813 (32.0)

(0.9)

740

(29.1)

740

(29.1)

1524

(60.0)

(0.9)

MOUNTING HOLES FOR M10,

(.375"), SCREWS, 6-PLACES GROUND

TERMINAL

NOTE:

SEMICONDUCTOR

FUSES ARE

LOCATED INSIDE

THE 6RA70

POWER MODULE

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-11

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

X300

1D11C1

H4H2H3H1

X1X2

1FSFU

2FSFU

4CFU

5CFU

6CFU

7CFU

RATED

600V,30ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,30A

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,30A

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,30A

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

22 22

1111

1CTR

X2 XF X1

2CF U

1CF U

2.5A , 600V

1.5A , 250 V

3CFU

H4H2H3H1

2CTR

81 82

82 858483

83 84 85

90 91 92 93 9495 96 97 98 99

99989796959493929190

100

101

101102

102

CTB

L3-1L2-1L1-1

GROUND

TERMINAL

MOUNTING SLOTS, FOR M12

(0.50"), SCREWS, 6-PLACES

767 (30.2)

813 (32.0)

23 (0.9)

965

(38.0)

965

(38.0)

1981

(78.0)

(1.0)

TERMINALS

80 - 102

NOTE:

SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES

ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE

POWER MODULE, (PM).

L1 L2 L3

A1 A2

NOTE: FROM THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING PANELTO THE TOP

OF THE POWER MODULE, (TALLEST COMPONENT) = 629 (24.8")

1180 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

H4H2H3H1

X1X2

3CTR

MSP

MSPAUX

MREC

6-12 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

X300

1D11C1

MREC

1FSFU

2FSFU

4CFU

5CFU

6CFU

7CFU

RATED

600V,30ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,3 0A

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,3 0A

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,30ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

22 22

1111

1CTR

X2 XF X1

2C FU

1C FU

2.5 A, 6 00V

1.5A, 250 V

3CFU

H4H2H3H1

81 82

82 858483

83 84 85

90 91 92 93 9495 96 97 98 99

99989796959493929190

100

101

101102

102

L3-1L2-1L1-1

L1 L2 L3

MOUNTING SLOTS, FOR M12

(0.50"), SCREWS, 6-PLACES GROUND

TERMINAL

TERMINALS

80 - 102

NOTE:

SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES

ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE

POWER MODULE, (PM).

NOTE: FROM THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING PANELTO THE TOP

OF THE POWER MODULE, (TALLEST COMPONENT) = 629 (24.8")

1660 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

767 (30.2)

813 (32.0)

23 (0.9)

965

(38.0)

965

(38.0)

1981

(78.0)

(1.0)

H4H2H3H1

X1X2

2CTR

H4H2H3H1

X1X2

3CTR

MSP

MSPAUX

Siemens Energy & Automation 6-13

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Dimensions are mm (inches)

NOTE:

SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES

ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE

POWER MODULE, (PM).

X300

1D11C1

MREC

1FSFU

2FSFU

4CFU

5CFU

6CFU

7CFU

RATED

600V,3 0ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,30ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,30ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

RATED

600V,3 0ATM

DO NOT OPEN UNDER LOAD

22 22

1111

1CTR

X2 XF X1

2C FU

1C FU

2.5A , 6 00V

1.5A, 250 V

3CFU

H4H2H3H1

L3-1L2-1L1-1

L1 L2 L3

MOUNTING SLOTS, FOR M12

(0.50"), SCREWS, 6-PLACES GROUND

TERMINAL

TERMINALS

80 - 102

NOTE: FROM THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING PANELTO THE TOP

OF THE POWER MODULE, (TALLEST COMPONENT) = 629 (24.8")

1680 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL, (1 & 4Q)

767 (30.2)

813 (32.0)

23 (0.9)

965

(38.0)

965

(38.0)

1981

(78.0)

(1.0)

H4H2H3H1

X1X2

2CTR

H4H2H3H1

X1X2

3CTR

MSP

MSPAUX

81 82

82 85

8483

83 84 85

90 91 92 9394 95 96 97 98 99

99989796959493929190

100

101

101102

102

6-14 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

7 Base Drive Panel Connections

WARNING

Base Drive Panels are operated at high voltages.

Disconnect the power supply before making any connections!

Only qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with all safety notices contained in the

operating instructions as well as erection, installation, operating and maintenance instructions

should be allowed to work on these devices.

Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death, severe personal injury or

substantial property damage.

Failure to make the correct connections may result in irreparable damage to the unit.

Voltage may be present at the power and control terminals even when the motor is stopped.

The snubber capacitors may still carry a hazardous voltage for up to 2 minutes after

disconnection. For this reason, wait for at least 2 minutes before opening the converter.

When working on the open converter, remember that live parts are exposed. The unit must

always be operated with the standard front covers in place.

The user is responsible for ensuring that the motor, SIMOREG Base Drive Panel and other

devices are installed and connected up in accordance with the approved codes of practice of

the country concerned and any other regional or local codes that may apply. Special attention

must be paid to proper conductor sizing, fusing, grounding, isolation and disconnection

measures and to overcurrent protection.

These units contain hazardous rotating machinery (fans) and control rotating mechanical

components (motors). Death, serious bodily injury or substantial property damage may occur if

the instructions in the relevant operating manuals are not observed.

The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on careful transportation,

proper storage and installation as well as correct operation and maintenance.

7-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

7.1 Base Drive Panel Schematics

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 15 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

25A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C25

25A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C25

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

115VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-285

1.25A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-006

1CFU - 2CFU

0.75A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBF

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3RT1016-1AP61

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7018-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7018-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 15 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

#4 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

11 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

#4 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

11 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 30 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

50A,700V

A1-FUF-END-CDN

50A,700V

A1-FUF-END-CDN

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

115VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-285

1.25A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-006

1CFU - 2CFU

0.75A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBF

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3RT1025-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1926-1BD00

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7025-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7025-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 30 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

#4 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

11 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

#4 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

11 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

7-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 60 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

70A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-014

90A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-016

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

115VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-285

1.25A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-006

1CFU - 2CFU

0.75A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBF

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3RT1035-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1926-1BD00

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7028-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7028-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 60 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

#1 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

27 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

#1 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

27 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

1FSFU

2FSFU

20A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C20

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-5

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 100 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

125A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-018

150A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-019

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

115VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-285

1.25A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-006

1CFU - 2CFU

0.75A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBF

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3RT1044-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1926-1BD00

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7031-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7031-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 100 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

#1 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

27 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

#1 AWG,60 C

TORQUE TO

27 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

1FSFU

2FSFU

20A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C20

7-6 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 140 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

150A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-019

175A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-020

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

250VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-286

2.5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-011

1CFU - 2CFU

1.5A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBP

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3RT1045-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1926-1BD00

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7075-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7075-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 140 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

2 - #250 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

2 - #250 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

1FSFU

2FSFU

20A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C20

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-7

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 210 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

200A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-021

250A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-023

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

250VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-286

2.5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-011

1CFU - 2CFU

1.5A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBP

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3TF5222-0AP6

SUPPRESSOR

3TX7462-3J

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7078-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7078-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 210 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

2 - #250 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

2 - #250 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

1FSFU

2FSFU

20A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C20

7-8 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 255 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C13C 3D

4PFU

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY

PWR

SUPPLY

1SP

L2L1

XP XP

109

110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

CTB

250A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-023

300A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-025

1D1

4Q UNITS

ONLY

350VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-287

3.5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-014

1CFU - 2CFU

2A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBV

3CFU

CONTROL

CONTACTOR

3TF5322-0AP6

SUPPRESSOR

3TX7462-3J

MAIN

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7082-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7082-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

80 81

#10 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

5 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 255 AMPS DC

460 VAC

L1 L3

2 - #250 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

2 - #250 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

106 105

E-STOP

MAUX

90 91

1FSFU

2FSFU

40A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C40

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-9

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 430 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C1 1D1

3C 3D

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY PWR

SUPPLY

MREC

L2L1

ENSP

M AUX

XRXPXP

109 110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

X171

CTB

CONTROL

350VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-287

3.5A,600V

1CFU-2CFU

A1-FUF-AFA-014

2A,250V

3CFU

A1-FUF-DKA-GBV 400A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-028

500A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-030

4Q UNITS

ONLY

ENABLE RELAY

3RH1122-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

4N14U1

RECT. BR

A1-116-002-001

DC CONTACTOR

A1-CRD-CAC-010

FAN

SUPPLY

106 105

E-STOP

90 91

ENABLE

94 93

CTB

F(+) F(-)

POWER MODULE

CATALOG NO. 6RA7085-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7085-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

4PFU

1FSFU

2FSFU

40A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C40

460 VAC

L1 L3

2 - #250 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

275 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

80 81

#8 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

7 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 430 AMPS DC

2 - #500 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

7-10 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 510 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C1 1D1

3C 3D

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY PWR

SUPPLY

MREC

L2L1

ENSP

M AUX

XRXPXP

109 110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

X171

CTB

CONTROL

350VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-287

3.5A,600V

1CFU-2CFU

A1-FUF-AFA-014

2A,250V

3CFU

A1-FUF-DKA-GBV 500A,500V

A1-FUF-00D-030

600A,700V

A1-FUF-00E-031

4Q UNITS

ONLY

ENABLE RELAY

3RH1122-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

4N14U1

RECT. BR

A1-116-002-001

DC CONTACTOR

A1-CRD-CAC-010

FAN

SUPPLY

106 105

E-STOP

90 91

ENABLE

94 93

CTB

F(+) F(-)

POWER MODULE

CATALOG NO. 6RA7087-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7087-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

1PFU

2PFU

3PFU

4PFU

1FSFU

2FSFU

40A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C40

460 VAC

L1 L3

2 - #500 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

80 81

#8 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

7 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 510 AMPS DC

2 - #500 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-11

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 850 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

TRANSFORMER

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD

SUPPLY

1C1 1D1

3C 3D

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR

SUPPLY PWR

SUPPLY

MREC

L2L1

ENSP

M AUX

XRXPXP

109 110

XP XF1-2 XF1-1

XF2-2 XF2-1

X171

CTB

CONTROL

1000VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-288

3.5A,600V

1CFU-2CFU

A1-FUF-AFA-014

6.25A,250V

3CFU

A1-FUF-DKA-GCM

ENABLE RELAY

3RH1122-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

4N14U1

RECT. BR

A1-116-002-001

DC CONTACTOR

A1-CRD-CAC-010

FAN

SUPPLY

106 105

E-STOP

90 91

ENABLE

94 93

CTB

F(+) F(-)

POWER MODULE

CATALOG NO. 6RA7091-6FS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7091-6FV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

1CTR

1FSFU

2FSFU

40A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C40

460 VAC

L1 L3

3 - #500 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

MAIN DISCONNECT AND

BRANCH CIRCUIT

PROTECTION SIZED

PER N.E.C.

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

80 81

#8 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

7 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 850 AMPS DC

3 - #500 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

7-12 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

80 81

#4 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

11 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 1180 AMPS DC

4 - #500 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 1180 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

CONTROL

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD SUPPLY SEMICONDUCTOR

FUSES ARE INTERNAL

TO POWER MODULE

1C1 1D13C 3D

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR SUPPLY PWR SUPPLY

MREC

L2L1

1FSFU

2FSFU

ENSP

M AUX

H1 H3H2 H4

460 V

X1 X2

H1 H3H2 H4

460 V

X1 X2

4CFU

5CFU

6CFU

7CFU

L2L1 L3

T1 T2 T3

FAN

SUPPLY

MSP

CTB

109 110

XPXP XP XF 1-2 XF 1- 1

XF2-2 XF2-1

4U1 4V1 4W1

250VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-286

1CFU-2CFU

2.5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-011

3CFU

1.5A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBP

ENABLE RELAY

3RH1122-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

RECT.BR

A1-116-002-001

DC CONTACTOR

A1-CRD-CAC-010

50A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C50

5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-016

3RV1011-1AA10

CONTROL

TRANSFORMERS

750VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-289

1.1-1.6A

SET@1.50A

90 91

101100

98 99

9796

MSP

Note:

FAN MUST ROTATE COUNTER-CLOCKWISE

WHEN VIEWED FROM ABOVE

X171

106 105

E-STOP

ENABLE

94 93

CTB

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7093-4GS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7093-4GV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

CTB CTB

1CTR

2CTR

3CTR

460 VAC

L1 L3

4 - #500 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

TRANSFORMER

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-13

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

80 81

#4 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

11 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 1660 AMPS DC

6 - #500 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 1660 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

CONTROL

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD SUPPLY SEMICONDUCTOR

FUSES ARE INTERNAL

TO POWER MODULE

1C1 1D13C 3D

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR SUPPLY PWR SUPPLY

MREC

L2L1

1FSFU

2FSFU

ENSP

H1 H3H2 H4

460 V

X1 X2

H1 H3H2 H4

460 V

X1 X2

4CFU

5CFU

6CFU

7CFU

L2L1 L3

T1 T2 T3

FAN

SUPPLY

MSP

CTB

109 110

XPXP XP XF 1-2 XF 1- 1

XF2-2 XF2-1

4U1 4V1 4W1

250VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-286

1CFU-2CFU

2.5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-011

3CFU

1.5A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBP

ENABLE RELAY

3RH1122-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

RECT.BR

A1-116-002-001

DC CONTACTOR

A1-CRD-CAC-010

50A,700V

A1-FUF-END-C50

5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-016

3RV1011-1AA10

CONTROL

TRANSFORMERS

750VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-289

1.1-1.6A

SET@1.50A

90 91

101100

98 99

9796

MSP

Note:

FAN MUST ROTATE COUNTER-CLOCKWISE

WHEN VIEWED FROM ABOVE

X171

106 105

E-STOP

ENABLE

94 93

CTB

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7095-4GS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7095-4GV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

CTB CTB

1CTR

2CTR

3CTR

460 VAC

L1 L3

6 - #500 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

TRANSFORMER

7-14 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

80 81

#1 AWG, 60 C

TORQUE TO

22 INCH- LBS

A1 A2

MOTOR = 500 VOLTS DC

F.L.A. = 1680 AMPS DC

6 - #500 MCM, 75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

H1 H2 H3 H4

230 V

BASE DRIVE PANEL, 1680 AMPS, 1 & 4 QUAD

CONTROL

1CFU

3CFU

2CFU

J2 J1

85 82

84 83

POWER MODULE

3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1

ARMATURE

SUPPLY

FIELD SUPPLY SEMICONDUCTOR

FUSES ARE INTERNAL

TO POWER MODULE

1C1 1D13C 3D

5U1 5W1 5N1

PWR SUPPLY PWR SUPPLY

MREC

L2L1

1FSFU

2FSFU

ENSP

H1 H3H2 H4

460 V

X1 X2

H1 H3H2 H4

460 V

X1 X2

4CFU

5CFU

6CFU

7CFU

L2L1 L3

T1 T2 T3

FAN

SUPPLY

MSP

CTB

109 110

XPXP XP XF 1-2 XF 1- 1

XF2-2 XF2-1

4U1 4V1 4W1

250VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-286

1CFU-2CFU

2.5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-011

3CFU

1.5A,250V

A1-FUF-DKA-GBP

ENABLE RELAY

3RH1122-1AP60

SUPPRESSOR

3RT1916-1BD00

RECT.BR

A1-116-002-001

DC CONTACTOR

A1-CRD-CAC-010

125A,600V

A1-FUF-HHA-024

5A,600V

A1-FUF-AFA-016

3RV1011-1AA10

CONTROL

TRANSFORMERS

750VA

A1-TRC-Q0C-289

1.1-1.6A

SET@1.50A

90 91

101100

98 99

9796

MSP

Note:

FAN MUST ROTATE COUNTER-CLOCKWISE

WHEN VIEWED FROM ABOVE

X171

106 105

E-STOP

ENABLE

94 93

CTB

F(+) F(-)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7096-4GS22-0Z+X01, (1-QUAD)

CATALOG NO. 6RA7096-4GV62-0Z+X01, (4-QUAD)

CTB CTB

1CTR

2CTR

3CTR

460 VAC

L1 L3

6 - #500 MCM,75 C

TORQUE TO

375 INCH- LBS

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

IF APPLICABLE

TRANSFORMER

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-15

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

7-16 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

7.2 Control Connections CUD1

TYPICAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS

Iact

ANALOG 1

ANALOG 2

GND

10K 1

MOTOR TEMP -

MOTOR TEMP +

ANALOG 1 -

ANALOG 1 +

MAIN SETPOINT +

MAIN SETPOINT -

N10

P10

SELECT INPUT BINARY 2

ENABLE OPERATION

POWER ON / SHUTDOWN

SELECT INPUT BINARY 1

+24VDC SUPPLY 100mA

RS485

TX+ RS485

TX- RS485

RX+/TX+ RS485

RX-/TX- RS485

SELECT OUTPUT 1

+24VDC

GND

ZERO MARKER

(OPTIONAL)

POSITIVE

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

+15VDC SUPPLY 200mA

COMMON

POSITIVE

NEGATIVE

INPUTS OUTPUTS

CUD 1

CPU

START

X171 BINARY INPUTS

X173 PULSE ENCODER INPUTS

SPEED

POT

X174 REFERENCE, ANALOG INPUTS, MOTOR TEMP

ANALOG OUTPUTS X175

BINARY OUTPUTS X171

SELECT OUTPUT 2

SERIAL INTERFACE #2 RS485 X172

OUTPUT TYPICAL

24 VDC, 100 ma MAX

RELAY 1

RELAY 2

OPTIONAL CUD2

TERMINAL EXPANSION

8.5ma @ 24 V

(10V = 200% converter amps)

RESOULTION ADJUSTABLE

+/- 11 BITS TO +/- 14 BITS

150 K ohms

515 K ohms Analog Outputs:

RESOULTION +/- 11 BITS

O to +/- 10 Volts, 2mA MAX

X107 X110 X111

OPERATOR

PANEL

X300

OPTIONAL

OP1S

OPERATOR

OPTIONAL

COMMUNICATIONS AND

TECHNOLOGY BOARDS

COMMON M

Also see Start-up 8.4.1 and 8.4.2

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-17

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Terminal Locations CUD1

X107

X109

X171

X172

X173

X174

X175

C98043-A7001-L1

7-18 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

7.3 Control Connections CUD2

OPTIONAL CUD2 CONTROL CONNECTIONS

ANALOG 3

ANALOG 4

205

204

MOTOR TEMP -

MOTOR TEMP +

ANALOG 3 +

RS485

TX+ RS485

TX- RS485

RX+/TX+ RS485

RX-/TX- RS485

SELECT OUTPUT 3

+24VDC

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

CUD 2

X164 ANALOG INPUTS

ANALOG OUTPUTS X164

BINARY OUTPUTS X163

SELECT OUTPUT 4

SERIAL INTERFACE #3 RS485 X162

OUTPUT TYPICAL

24 VDC, 100 ma MAX

RELAY 3

RELAY 4

RESOULTION +/- 10 BITS

52 K ohms Analog Outputs:

RESOULTION +/- 11 BITS

O to +/- 10 Volts, 2mA MAX

X110 X111

CONNECTION TO CUD1

RX+/TX+

RX-/TX-

RX+/TX+

RX-/TX-

RX+/TX+

RX-/TX-

RX+/TX+

RX-/TX-

X165

X166

PARALLEL

CONVERTER

INTERFACE

ANALOG 2 +

52 K ohms

SELECT INPUT BINARY 6

+24VDC SUPPLY 100mA

X163 BINARY INPUTS

8.5ma @ 24 V

SELECT INPUT BINARY 5

SELECT INPUT BINARY 4

SELECT INPUT BINARY 3

+24VDC SUPPLY 100mA

210

X161BINARY INPUTS

8.5ma @ 24 V

SELECT INPUT BINARY

211

212

213

214

215

216

217 M

RETURN

OPTICALLY

ISOLATED

SELECT INPUT BINARY

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-19

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Terminal Locations CUD2

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217 X161

65 X162

53 X163

204

205 X164

C98043-A7006

7-20 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

7.4 Description of Power/Control Terminals

WARNING

The Base Drive Panel might sustain serious or irreparable damage if connected incorrectly.

The power cables and/or busbars must be secured mechanically outside the converter in order

to provide proper stress relief at the terminals.

Base Drive Panels are complete drive assemblies that include all semiconductor type fuses, main contactor, and

a control transformer, ready to be connected and operated. All external connections to Base Drive Panels,

including power connections are made with compression type terminals on the drive.

The user is responsible for installation of the motor, SIMOREG Base Drive Panel, transformer, and other devices

in accordance with the National Electric Code and other applicable local codes that cover such items as wire

size, protective grounding, disconnects, and short circuit protection. Depending on the rating, base drives can

accommodate a range of cable sizes as indicated below.

Base Drive Panel Power Connections 15 to 100 Amp

RATING CABLE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE

15 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, GND

#12 to #4 AWG 1.2 Nm (11 IN-LBS)

30 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, GND

#12 to #4 AWG 1.2 Nm (11 IN-LBS)

60 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, GND

#10 to #1 AWG 3 Nm (27 IN-LBS)

100 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2, GND

#10 to #1 AWG 3 Nm (27 IN-LBS)

Base Drive Panel Power Connections 140 to 255 Amp

RATING CABLE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE

140 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

2 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#6 AWG to 250 MCM

31 Nm (275 IN-LBS)

210 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

2 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#6 AWG to 250 MCM

31 Nm (275 IN-LBS)

255AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

2 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#6 AWG to 250 MCM

31 Nm (275 IN-LBS)

Ground Terminal

140, 210, 255 Amp

#8 to #2 AWG 5 Nm (45 IN-LBS)

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-21

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Base Drive Panel Power Connections 430 to 1680 Amp

RATING CABLE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE

430AMP

L1, L2, L3 ----------------

A1, A2 ---------------------

2 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#6 AWG to 250 MCM (L1, L2, L3) -----------

#6 AWG to 500 MCM (A1, A2) ----------------

31 Nm (275 IN-LBS)

43 Nm (375 IN-LBS)

510 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

2 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#6 AWG to 500 MCM

43 Nm (375 IN-LBS)

850 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

3 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#1/0 AWG to 500 MCM

43 Nm (375 IN-LBS)

1180 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

4 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#1/0 AWG to 500 MCM

43 Nm (375 IN-LBS)

1660 / 1680 AMP

L1, L2, L3, A1, A2

6 CABLES PER CONNECTION

#1/0 AWG to 500 MCM

43 Nm (375 IN-LBS)

Ground Terminal

430 TO 850 Amp

1180/1660/1680 Amp

#2 to #4/0 AWG ----------------------------------

#1/0 to 350 MCM --------------------------------

17 Nm (150 IN-LBS)

31 Nm (275 IN-LBS)

Base Drive Panel Control Connections, (CTB), 15 TO 1680 Amp

RATING WIRE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE

15 TO 255 Amp

CTB-80…….CTB-92

#18 to #10 AWG

0.55 Nm (5 IN-LBS)

430 TO 850 Amp

CTB-80…….CTB-85

CTB-86…….CTB-95

#14 to #8 AWG ---------------------------------

#18 to #10 AWG ---------------------------------

0.8 Nm (7 IN-LBS)

0.55 Nm (5 IN-LBS)

1180 & 1660 Amp

CTB-80…….CTB-85

CTB-86…….CTB-95

#12 to #4 AWG ---------------------------------

#18 to #10 AWG ---------------------------------

1.3 Nm (11 IN-LBS)

0.55 Nm (5 IN-LBS)

1680 Amp

CTB-80…….CTB-85

CTB-86…….CTB-95

#10 to #1 AWG ---------------------------------

#18 to #10 AWG ---------------------------------

2.5 Nm (22 IN-LBS)

0.55 Nm (5 IN-LBS)

7-22 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Motor Armature circuit

Function Terminal Connection values/Remarks Possible

settings

Armature supply AC input

Ground PE conductor

Armature circuit motor

connection

See technical data, section 5 for

actual maximum current values.

P078

P100

P101

Motor Field circuit

Function Terminal Connection values/Remarks Possible

settings

AC Supply connection CTB 83 Single Phase 460 VAC P076

CTB 84 See section 5 for current rating P078

Motor Field connection CTB 80 + Rated DC voltage 300V P102

CTB 81 -

Electronics power supply, main contactor, fans (if used) 15 to 850 amp

Function Terminal

Connection values/Remarks Possible

settings

Incoming AC supply 230V

(supplied by internal

control transformer)

CTB

Single Phase, 230 VAC, (hot)

(ground side)

Current Requirement for Terminals 87, 89 if supplied from a separate source

15 amp to 100 amp base drive panels: 0.55 amps

140 and 210 amp base drive panels: 1.2 amps

255 to 510 amp base drive panels: 1.6 amps

850 amp base drive panel: 4.6 amps

Siemens Energy & Automation 7-23

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Electronics power supply, main contactor, and fans 1180 to 1680 amps

Function Terminal

Connection values/Remarks Possible

settings

Incoming AC supply

460 VAC, 3 Phase

CTB

101

Internally connected to incoming

460V supply

Current Requirement for Terminals if supplied from a separate source

1180, 1660 and 1680 amp base drives: 2.5 amps at 460 VAC 3 phase

Note: Phase sequence is important for the fan direction of rotation. The fan must rotate counter-

clockwise when viewed from above. If necessary, swap the L1 and L2 phase wiring at

incoming supply to change the fan direction of rotation.

Remote relay Enable terminals: 430 amp to 1680 amp base drive panels

Function Terminal

Connection values/Remarks Possible

settings

External enable (if used) CTB

CTB

If a remote enable function is required

using a relay contact, then remove jumper

J5 and install a normally open low voltage

contact at terminals 93 – 94.

The 430 amp to 1680 amp Base Drive Panels use a DC contactor that is interlocked through the enable function

at regulator terminals 34 and 38. This circuit is brought out to CBT terminals 93 and 94 to allow an easy point to

add an external enable contact if required. A remote enable contact can be wired directly to terminals 34 and 38

of the regulator for Base Drive Panels rated 15 to 255 amps.

7-24 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8 Start-Up

8.1 General safety information for start-up

NOTE

Before handling any boards (in particular, the A7001 electronics board), please make sure that your body

is electrostatically discharged to protect electronic components against high voltages caused by

electrostatic charges. The simplest way of doing this is to touch a conductive, grounded object (e.g. bare

metal cabinet component immediately beforehand).

PCBs must not be allowed to come into contact with highly insulating materials (e.g. plastic foil, insulating

tabletops or clothing made of synthetic fibers).

PCBs may only be set down on electrically conducting surfaces.

WARNING

Hazardous voltages and rotating parts (fans) are present in this electrical equipment during

operation. Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death, severe personal injury

or substantial property damage.

Hazardous voltage may be present at the signaling relays in the customer’s installation.

The units must not be connected to an AC supply with an earth-leakage ground detector since,

in the event of a fault to ground, the fault current may contain a DC component that may either

prevent or hinder a higher-level ground fault detector from tripping. In this case, all loads

connected to this ground fault detector will not be protected.

Only qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with all safety notices contained in the

operating instructions as well as erection, installation, operating and maintenance instructions

should be allowed to work on these devices.

The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on careful transportation,

proper storage and installation as well as correct operation and maintenance.

The unit is at a hazardous voltage level even when the line contactor is open. The gating board

(board mounted directly to lower part of housing) has many circuits at hazardous voltage

levels. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work, all Base Drive Panel power

sources must be disconnected and locked out.

These instructions do not claim to list all of the measures required to ensure the safe and

reliable operation of the converter. For special applications, additional, supplementary

information or instructions might be required. If problems do occur and you feel in any way

uncertain, please contact your local Siemens office or representative.

The use of unauthorized parts in the repair of this unit and handling of the equipment by

unqualified personnel can give rise to hazardous conditions which may cause death, severe

personal injury or substantial property damage. All safety notices contained in this instruction

manual and attached to the converter itself must be carefully observed.

Please read the safety information given in Section 1 of this instruction manual.

8-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8.2 Operator control panels

The basic converter is equipped with a simple operator panel (PMU) as standard. A user-friendly panel with

plain text display (OP1S) can be connected as an option.

8.2.1 Simple operator control panel (PMU “Parameterization Unit“)

The simple operator control panel is mounted in the converter door and consists of a 5-digit, 7-segment

display with three status display LED’s and three parameterization keys.

All adjustments, settings and measurements that need to be undertaken for the purpose of start-up can be

made on the simple control panel.

X300

Run Ready Fault

• P key

− Switches over between parameter number (parameter mode), parameter value (value mode)

and index number (index mode) on indexed parameters.

− Acknowledges active fault messages.

− P and RAISE keys to switch a fault message and alarm to the background to get access to the

parameter mode.

− P and LOWER key to switch a fault message and alarm from the background back to the

foreground display on the PMU.

• UP key ()

− Selects a higher parameter number in parameter mode. When the highest parameter number is

displayed, the key can be pressed again to roll over to the lowest parameter number.

− Increases the displayed parameter value in value mode.

− Increases the index number in index mode (for indexed parameters)

− If the DOWN key is pressed, then, also pressing the UP key will accelerate the DOWN adjustment

process.

• DOWN key ()

− Selects a lower parameter number in parameter mode. When the lowest parameter number is

displayed, the key can be pressed again to roll over to the highest parameter number.

− Decreases the displayed parameter value in value mode.

− Decreases the index number in index mode (for indexed parameters)

− If the UP key is pressed, then, also pressing the DOWN key will accelerate the UP adjustment

process.

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

LED displays

Run green LED

LED illuminated ⇒ in “Torque direction active” state (MI, MII, M0).

(See parameter r000)

Ready yellow LED

LED illuminated ⇒ in “Ready” state (o1 .. o7).

(See parameter r000)

Fault red LED

LED illuminated ⇒ in “Fault signal present” state (o11)

(See parameter r000)

LED flashing ⇒ An alarm is active (see Faults and Alarms).

8.2.2 User-friendly operator control panel (OP1S)

The optional, user-friendly, operator control panel with plain text display (order no.: 6SE7090-0XX84-2FK0)

can be mounted in the special location provided in the converter door or remotely mounted on the enclosure

door. The OP1S connects to the basic converter interface SST1 at sub D connector X300.

Parameters can be selected directly through input of the parameter number by the keyboard of the OP1S.

The following interrelationships apply:

Displayed

number

Number to be keyed in

on OP1S

rxxx, Pxxx (0)xxx

Basic converter

parameter Uxxx, nxxx 2xxx

Hxxx, dxxx 1xxx

Technology board

parameter Lxxx, cxxx 3xxx

For more information on the operation of the OP1S, refer to the power module operating instructions and the

instructions that were provided with the OP1S.

8-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8.3 Parameterization procedure

Parameterization is the process of changing or setting parameter values, activating converter functions, or

displaying measured values with the operator panel.

Parameters for the basic converter are called P, r, U or n parameters.

Parameters for an optional supplementary board are called H, d, L or c parameters.

The basic unit parameters are displayed first on the PMU, followed by the technology board parameters (if

such a board is installed). It is important not to confuse the parameters of the S00 technology software of

the basic unit with the parameters of an optional supplementary board (T400).

Depending on how parameter P052 is set, only some parameter numbers are displayed.

8.3.1 Parameter types

Display parameters (r, n, d, and c), are used to display current quantities such as the main setpoint,

armature voltage, feedback signals, outputs of controller, etc. The values of display parameters are read-

only values and cannot be changed.

Setting parameters (P, U, H, L), are used to both display and change parameter quantities such as the

rated motor current, thermal motor time constant, speed controller P gain, etc.

Indexed parameters (P, U, H, L), are used to both display and change several parameter values which are

all assigned to the same parameter number but identified by the index number.

8.3.2 Parameterization on simple operator control panel

After the electronics supply voltage has been switched on, the PMU is either in the operational display state

and indicating the current operating status of the SIMOREG 6RA70 (e.g. o7.0), or in the fault/alarm display

state and indicating a fault or alarm (e.g. F021).

Drive operational states are described by parameter r000 whereas fault and alarm messages are described

in the power module operating instructions in Section 10.

1. To enter the parameter number level from the operational display state (e.g. o7.0), press the P key and

then the <Up> or <Down> key to select individual parameter numbers.

2. To enter the parameter index levels (for indexed parameters) from the parameter number level, press P

again and then the <Up> or <Down> key to select individual indices. If you press P when a non-indexed

parameter is displayed, you go directly to the parameter value level.

3. To reach the parameter value level from the parameter index level (for indexed parameters), press P

again and the parameter value will be displayed.

4. On the parameter value level, you can change the setting of a parameter value by pressing the <Up> or

<Down> key.

CAUTION!

Parameters can be altered only if the following conditions are fulfilled:

− The key code is set with P051 = 40.

− The converter is in the correct operational state. Some parameters are “off-line” and cannot be changed

when the converter is in the “Run” or on-line state.

− The values of display parameters can not be changed (read only).

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-5

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

5. Manual shifting

If the 5 existing digits on the 7-segment display are not sufficient to display a parameter value, the display

first shows just 5 digits (see Fig. 8.1). To indicate that more digits are concealed to the right or left of this

“window”, the right-hand or left-hand digit flashes. By pressing the <P>+<Down> or <P>+<Up> key, you

can shift the window over the remaining digits of the parameter value. As an orientation guide, the position

of the right-hand digit within the overall parameter value is displayed briefly during manual shifting.

Example: Parameter value “208.173“

"208.17" is displayed when the parameter is selected. When the

P and LOWER keys are pressed, "1" appears briefly followed by

“08.173“, i.e. the right-hand digit 3 is the 1st position in the

parameter value.

When the P and RAISE keys are pressed, "2" appears briefly

followed by “208.17“, i.e. the right-hand digit 7 is the 2nd position

in the parameter value.

Fig. 8.1 Shifting the PMU display for parameter values with more than 4 digits

6. Press the P key to return to the parameter number level from the parameter value level.

8-6 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8.4 Typical Connection Diagrams

L1 L2 L3

E-STOP

START

SPEED

SETPOINT

(10K)

X174

P10

REF+

REF-

COM

X171

P24

RUN

ENABLE

SELECT INPUT

106

105

ES/P24

E-STOP WHEN DE-ENERGIZED

26 27 28 29 30 31

X174

P15 COM A A BB

ENCODER

MOTOR FIELD

460 VOLT

3 PHASE, 50 / 60 HZ.

A1(+) A2(-) 80(+) 81(-)

X300

Run Ready Fault

PMU

8.4.1 Configured with Analog Speed Setpoint and

Start/Stop Control by Contacts

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-7

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

L1 L2 L3

E-STOP

START

STOP

SPEED

SETPOINT

(10K)

X174

P10

REF+

REF-

COM

X171

P24

RUN

ENABLE

SELECT INPUT

P445 = 1

(PUSH-BUTTON CONTROL)

106

105

ES/P24

E-STOP WHEN DE-ENERGIZED

26 27 28 29 30 31

X174

P15 COM A A BB

ENCODER

MOTOR FIELD

460 VOLT

3 PHASE, 50 / 60 HZ.

A1(+) A2(-) 80(+) 81(-)

X300

Run Ready Fault

PMU

8.4.2 Configured with Analog Speed Setpoint and

Push-Button Start/Stop Control

P444 = 16

(OFF 1 WHEN DE-ENERGIZED)

8-8 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8.5 Reset to factory default values and adjust offsets

In order to start from a predefined set of parameter values, it is highly recommended that the “Restore to

default” function be executed before a complete new start-up operation is begun.

NOTE

When the “Restore to default” function is activated, all parameters set for a specific installation

are overwritten (deleted). If the old settings are to be retained they should be recorded before

the default procedure is executed. The old settings can be read out and stored in a file using a

PC and either the Quick Start or DriveMonitor PC program.

“Restore to default” must be followed by a completely new start-up operation since none of the

application related parameters are set.

Execution of the default function:

1. Set parameter P051 = 21

2. When the “P” key is pressed the parameter values are reset to the factory value.

The parameter values are stored in non-volatile storage (EEPROM) so that they will still be available

when the converter is switched off. This operation takes at least 5 s (but may also last several minutes).

The number of the parameter currently being processed is displayed on the PMU during the process.

The electronics power supply must remain powered up while this operation is in progress.

3. Field offset adjustments

Parameter P825.ii is automatically set (takes approx. 10 s) to provide proper calibration of the field

converter rated current. The offset adjustment can also be activated as an individual function by means

of parameter P051 = 22.

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-9

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8.6 Start-up procedure

WARNING

The Base Drive Panel is at a hazardous voltage level even when the line contactor is open.

The gating board (board mounted directly to lower part of housing) has many circuits at

hazardous voltage levels.

Non-observance of the safety instructions given in this manual can result in death, severe

personal injury or substantial property damage.

The following steps summarize the start-up procedure.

Always begin by defaulting the parameters back to the factory value as outlined in paragraph 8.5

Step Procedure

1 Set P051 = 40 to gain access to change parameters

2 Set P067 = 5 for US rating. This parameter setting is mandatory on Base Drive

Panels.

3 Set the actual operating AC supply voltage for the armature and field converters (P078)

4 Input motor data (P100, P101, P102, P114)

5 Select speed feedback method (P083) [analog tach, encoder, EMF voltage, custom]

6 Select field control and weakening (P081, P082)

7 Set current limits and ramp generator time (P171, P172, P303, P304, P305, P306)

8 Perform self tuning (P051 = 25, 26, 27, 28)

9 Set application specific parameters

10 Documentation of final parameter values

The following details explain how to do each of the above steps.

8-10 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

1 Access authorization

P051 . . . Key parameter

0 Parameter cannot be changed

40 Parameter can be changed

P052 . . . Selection of parameters to be displayed

0 Only parameters that are not set to default are visible

3 All parameters are visible

2 Adjustment of converter rated currents

Base Drive Panels are designed to continuously operate at the converter US rated current and then provide

150% overload current for 60 seconds. In order to meet this requirement it is mandatory that P067 be set to a

value of 5. The IEC Class 1 rating provides a higher continuous current but has no overload capability. The

fuses, contactor, power terminals, and power wiring used on base drives have been selected based on the US

rating. Failure to set P067 on Base Drive Panels to the US rating may cause damage to Base Drive Panel

components and void warranty.

Set parameter P067 = 5 “U.S. Rating“.

Set parameter P075 = 1 to allow dynamic overload capability.

3 Adjustment to actual converter supply voltage

P078.001 . . . Supply voltage for armature circuit (in volts)

P078.002 . . . Supply voltage for field circuit (in volts)

4 Input of motor data

The motor data as given on the motor rating plate must be entered in parameters P100, P101, P102 and P114.

P100 . . . Rated armature current (in amps)

P101 . . . Rated armature voltage (in volts)

P102 . . . Rated field current (in amps)

P114 . . . Thermal time constant of motor (in minutes). If not known use the default 10-minute value.

5 Actual speed sensing data

5.1 Operation with analog tachometer

P083 = 1: The actual speed is supplied from the “Main actual value” channel (K0013)

(terminals XT.103, XT.104)

P741 Tachometer voltage at maximum speed (– 270,00V to +270,00V)

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-11

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

5.2 Operation with pulse encoder

P083 = 2: The actual speed is supplied by the pulse encoder (K0040)

P140 Selecting a pulse encoder type (pulse encoder types see below)

0 No encoder/"Speed sensing with pulse encoder" function not selected

1 Pulse encoder type 1 (Normal selection)

2 Pulse encoder type 1a (Special encoder)

3 Pulse encoder type 2 (Special encoder)

4 Pulse encoder type 3 (Special encoder)

1. Pulse encoder type 1

Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90° (with or without zero marker)

Track 1

X173 28, 29

Track 2

X173 30, 31

Zero marker

X173 32, 33

Heidenhain ROD

Teldix Rotaswitch Serie 26

P141 Number of pulses of pulse encoder (in pulses/revolution)

P142 Matching to pulse encoder signal voltage

0 Pulse encoder outputs 5 V signals (requires separate 5V encoder supply voltage)

1 Pulse encoder outputs 15V signals (uses internal 15V encoder supply voltage)

CAUTION

Resetting parameter P142 to the alternative 5V setting does not switch over the supply

voltage for the pulse encoder (terminals X173.26 and 27).

Terminal X173.26 always supplies +15V. An external voltage supply must be provided for

pulse encoders requiring a 5V supply.

P143 Setting the maximum operating speed for pulse encoder operation (in revolutions/minute).

The speed set in this parameter corresponds to an actual speed (K0040) of 100%.

5.3 Operation without tachometer (EMF control)

P083 = 3: The actual speed is supplied from the “Actual EMF” channel (K0287),

but scaled with P115.

P115 EMF at maximum speed (Note: EMF = Terminal voltage – IxR)

1.00% to 140.00% of rated converter supply voltage at r071.

5.4 Freely wired actual value

P083 = 4: The actual value input is defined with P609.

P609 Number of connector to which actual speed controller value is connected.

8-12 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

6 Field data

6.1 Field control

P082 = 0: Internal field is not used and field functions are not used.

(e.g. with permanent-field motors)

P082 = 1: The field is switched together with the line contactor

(field pulses are enabled/disabled when line contactor closes/opens)

P082 = 2: Automatic connection of standstill field set by P257 after a delay parameterized by P258,

after operating status o7 or higher has been reached

P082 = 3: Field current permanently connected

6.2 Field weakening

P081 = 0: No field weakening as a function of speed or EMF

P081 = 1: Field weakening operation as a function of internal EMF control so that, in the field

weakening range, i.e. at speeds above motor base speed, the motor EMF is maintained

constant. Note: Rated EMF = Rated Terminal voltage – IratedxRarmature

EMFsetpoint (K289) = P101 – P100 * P110.

7 Selection of basic technological functions

7.1 Current limits

P171 Motor current limit in torque direction I (in % of P100, default value = 100%)

US setting P171 = 150%

P172 Motor current limit in torque direction II (in % of P100, default value = -100%)

US setting P172 = -150%

7.2 Ramp-function generator

P303 Acceleration time 1 (in seconds, default value = 10)

P304 Deceleration time 1 (in seconds, default value = 10)

P305 Initial rounding 1 (in seconds, default value = 0)

P306 Final rounding 1 (in seconds, default value = 0)

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-13

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

8 Execution of optimization runs

8.1 The unit must be in operating state o7.0 or o7.1 (enter SHUTDOWN!).

8.2 Select one of the following optimization runs in key parameter P051:

P051 = 25 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller for armature and field

P051 = 26 Speed controller optimization run

P051 = 27 Optimization run for field weakening

P051 = 28 Optimization run for compensation of friction moment and moment of inertia

Note: The optimization runs should be performed in the above order.

8.3 The SIMOREG converter switches to operating state o7.4 for several seconds and then to o7.0 or o7.1

and waits for the START command and ENABLE.

Enter the commands START and ENABLE.

The flashing of the decimal point in the operational status display on the PMU (simple operator control

panel) indicates that an optimization run will be performed after the Start command.

If the start command is not given within 30 s, this waiting status is terminated and fault message F052

displayed.

8.4 As soon as the converter reaches operating status <o1.0 (RUN), the optimization run is executed.

An activity display appears on the PMU, consisting of two 2-digit numbers, separated by a bar that moves

up and down. These two numbers indicate (for SIEMENS personnel) the current status of the

optimization run.

P051 = 25 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller for armature and field (process

lasts approximately 40s).

The following parameters are set automatically: P110, P111, P112, P155, P156, P255,

and P256.

NOTE

Permanent-field motors (and motors with an extremely high residual flux) must be

mechanically locked during this optimization run.

WARNING

The set current limits are not effective during the current controller

optimization run. 75% of the rated motor armature current flows for

approximately 0.7s. Furthermore, individual current spikes of

approximately 120% of the motor rated armature current are

generated.

8-14 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

P051 = 26 Speed controller optimization run (process lasts approximately 6s).

The following parameters are set automatically: P225, P226 and P228.

Note:

The speed controller optimization run takes only the filtering of the actual speed controller

value parameterized in P200 into account and, if P083=1, filtering of the main actual value

parameterized in P745.

When P200 < 20ms, P225 (gain) is limited to a value of 30.00.

The speed controller optimization run sets P228 (speed setpoint filter) to the same value

as P226, speed controller integration time, for the purpose of achieving an optimum control

response to abrupt setpoint changes. In many process applications, it may be better to set

P228 = 0 so that the actual speed follows the process setpoint with less delay.

WARNING

During the speed controller optimization run, the motor is accelerated

at a maximum of 45% of its rated armature current. The motor may

reach speeds of up to approximately 20% of maximum speed.

If field weakening is selected (P081 = 1), or if closed-loop torque control (P170=1) or torque limiting

(P169=1) is selected or if a variable field current setpoint is applied the optimization run for field weakening

must be run:

P051 = 27 Optimization run for field weakening (process lasts approx. 1min).

The following parameters are set automatically: P117 to P139, P275 and P276.

Note:

In order to determine the magnetization characteristic, the field current setpoint is reduced

during the optimization run from 100% of the motor rated field current as set in P102 down

to a minimum of 8%. The field current setpoint is limited to a minimum according to P103 by

setting P103 to values < 50% of P102 for the duration of the run. This might be necessary in

the case of uncompensated motors with a very high armature reaction.

The magnetizing characteristic is approximated linearly to 0, starting from the measuring

point, at a minimum field current setpoint.

To execute this optimization run, the minimum motor field current, P103, must be

parameterized to less than 50% of the rated motor field current (P102).

WARNING

During this optimization run, the motor accelerates to approximately

80% of rated motor speed (the armature voltage corresponds to

maximum 80% of the rated motor armature voltage (P101)).

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-15

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

P051 = 28 Optimization run for compensation of friction moment

and moment of inertia (if desired) (process lasts approx. 40s)

The following parameters are set automatically: P520 to P530, P540

WARNING

The motor accelerates up to maximum speed during this optimization

run.

On completion of this run, the friction and inertia moment compensation function must be

activated manually by setting P223=1.

When the operating mode is switched from current control to torque control with P170, the

optimization run for friction and inertia moment compensation must be repeated.

Note:

The speed controller may not be parameterized as a pure P controller or as a controller with

droop when this optimization run is executed.

8.5 At the end of the optimization run, P051 is displayed on the operator panel and the drive switches to

operating state o7.2.

NOTE

In the case of motors with a limited travel path, the optimization run for field weakening

(P051=27) may not be interrupted by the SHUTDOWN command until the 1st field weakening

measuring point has been plotted. Likewise, the optimization run for the friction moment and

moment of inertia compensation function (P051=28) may not be interrupted by SHUTDOWN until

the measuring point at 10% of maximum speed has been determined. Premature interruption in

both cases will lead to activation of fault message F052. When either of these optimization runs

is restarted (P051=27 or P051=28), it will be continued at a more advanced position. In this way,

the respective run can be completed in several stages, even if the travel path is limited.

Note:

The respective optimization run is executed completely after a restart if:

a) a fault message is activated during the optimization run

b) if the electronics supply is disconnected before the relevant optimization run is restarted

c) if another function data set than the one before is selected or

d) if another optimization run is started in-between.

The parameters of the function data set selected in each case are optimized.

While optimization runs are being executed, the function data set selection must not be changed

or else a fault message will be activated.

8-16 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTE

Optimization runs should be executed in the order listed above (precontrol and current controller,

speed controller, and field weakening control, friction moment and moment of inertial

compensation).

The determined parameters are dependent on the motor temperature. Values set automatically

when the motor is cold can be used as effective defaults.

For highly dynamic drives, the optimization runs P051=25 should be repeated after the drive has

been operated under load (i.e. when motor is warm).

Checking and possible fine adjustment of maximum speed

After the optimization runs have been executed, the maximum speed should be checked and if necessary

adjusted to its final value. If it is necessary to change the maximum speed setting by more than about 10%, the

control response of the speed control loop must be checked. It may be necessary to repeat the speed controller

optimization run or re-optimize the controller manually.

The optimization runs for field weakening and friction motor and moment of inertial compensation must be

repeated every time the maximum speed setting is changed.

9 Setting Application Functions

9.1 Starting the Drive

With factory defaults, the Base Drive Panel is automatically configured to enable the drive with terminal 38 at

X171 and to start the drive with terminal 37 also at connector X171. The function of these terminals is fixed.

With all other methods of starting the drive, terminals 37 and 38 act as permissive to start and must be

energized to allow the selected method to start the drive.

Alternatively, the drive can be configured to start from the CUD1 serial ports at connectors X300 or X172, and

from optional communication boards or serial port located on the optional CUD2 board.

If an alternative method of starting the drive is required, the source of the start command is selected with

parameter P654. The normal choices are:

Source of Start Command P654 =

Terminal 37 @ connector X171 (factory default setting) B0001

Serial Interface 1, X300, USS protocol, Word 1, Bit 0 B2100

Serial Interface 2, X172, USS protocol, Word 1, Bit 0 B6100

Technology Board or First Communication Board, Word 1, Bit 0 B3100

Second Communication Board, Word 1, Bit 0 B8100

Serial Interface 3, CUD2 X162, USS protocol, Word 1, Bit 0 B9100

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-17

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

9.2 Speed Setpoint Selection

With factory defaults, the Base Drive Panel is automatically configured to get the speed reference from the main

setpoint analog input at terminals 4 and 5 on connector X174. The default scaling provides, +10 volts at

terminals 4 with respect to 5, equals 100% speed setpoint in the forward direction. If the input is -10 volts at

terminals 4 with respect to 5 then -100% speed setpoint in the reverse direction is provided.

Alternatively, the drive can be configured receive the speed setpoint from the CUD1 serial ports at connectors

X300 or X172, and from optional communication boards or serial port located on the optional CUD2 board.

If an alternative source of the speed setpoint is required, it can be set using parameter P433.

The normal choices are:

Source of Speed Setpoint P433 =

Main setpoint analog input (factory default setting) K0011

Serial Interface 1, X300, USS protocol, Word 2 K2002

Serial Interface 2, X172, USS protocol, Word 2 K6002

Technology Board or First Communication Board, Word 2 K3002

Second Communication Board, Word 2 K8002

Serial Interface 3, CUD2 X162, USS protocol, Word 2 K9002

The speed setpoint can come from many other sources such as other analog inputs, other words in the serial

protocols, MOP function, and other freely selectable function in the base drive software. The ultimate selection

of the setpoint source depends on the application requirements. To use any other source, locate the connector

number for the source and set P433 to that value.

8-18 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

9.3 Jog (Inching) Configuration

If the unit is not already running, a JOG command can be given to the unit to cause it to start and run at a pre-

selected speed. When the JOG command is released the motor speed will come to zero and the unit will stop.

Up to 8 jog speeds can be configured. If positive reference values are used, the motor will jog forward while

negative reference values will jog the motor in reverse.

Sources for both the jog command and the jog setpoint need to be configured. The source of the Jog

commands is selected using parameter P435, however the first two, Jog1 and Jog2, can also be set from the

source selected with parameters P668 and P669 through the control word 1 bits 8 and 9.

The following tables show a few examples of how the Jog commands and setpoints can be configured. The

source of the command and setpoint are completely independent for maximum flexibility.

Source of Jog Command P435 = Value

Terminal 36 @ connector X171 = Jog 1 Index .01 B0010

Terminal 39 @ connector X171 = Jog 2 Index .02 B0016

Serial Interface 1, X300, USS protocol, Word 1, Bit 8 = Jog 3 Index .03 B2108

Serial Interface 2, X172, USS protocol, Word 1, Bit 9 = Jog 4 Index .04 B6109

Technology Board or First Communication Board, Word 1, Bit 4 = Jog 5 Index .05 B3104

Second Communication Board, Word 1, Bit 5 = Jog 6 Index .06 B8105

Serial Interface 3, CUD2 X162, USS protocol, Word 1, Bit 3 = Jog 7 Index .07 B9107

If more than one source is selected for the same command, then the command will be issued when either one

is issued. If more than one jog function is selected, then the selected jog setpoints are added together. This

feature allows the available jog speeds to be greatly expanded using various jog combinations.

Source of Jog Setpoint P436 = Value

Analog select Input 1, terminals 6 to 7 @ connector X174 = Jog 1 setpoint Index .01 K0015

Fixed Jog 2 setpoint from parameter P401 Index .02 K0401

Fixed Jog 3 setpoint from parameter P402 Index .03 K0402

Serial Interface 1, X300, USS protocol, Word 4 = Jog 4 Index .04 K2004

Serial Interface 2, X172, USS protocol, Word 5 = Jog 5 Index .05 K6005

Technology Board or First Communication Board, Word 3 = Jog 6 Index .06 K3003

Second Communication Board, Word 3 = Jog 7 Index .07 K8003

Serial Interface 3, CUD2 X162, USS protocol, Word 4 = Jog 8 Index .08 K9004

Siemens Energy & Automation 8-19

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

10 Documentation of setting values

• Save the parameter values using either Quick Start or the DriveMonitor PC program

• Document parameters manually

If P052=0, only parameters that have been changed from the factory default are displayed. This makes it

relatively easy to record the changed parameters.

NOTE

In the factory setting several fault codes are masked out with P820 and must be enabled if required.

NOTE

The 1180 amp, 1660 amp and 1680 units contain a three phase fan. Although the armature circuit is phase

insensitive a check must be made to insure that the airflow in these units is from bottom to top. If the fan

direction is incorrect, swap the L1 and L2 phase wiring at incoming supply once the unit has been de-

energized. See drawings on pages 7-12 and 7-13.

NOTE

If the fan unit on the 1180 amp, 1660 amp and 1680 amp units become misaligned during shipment the fan

housing can be re-aligned by loosing the front two mounting screws and re-aligning.

8-20 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

NOTES:

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-1

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

9 Faults and alarms

When a fault or alarm message is activated, it is displayed both on the simple operator control panel

(PMU) and on the OP1S user-friendly operator control panel (see also Section 7.2, Operator control

panels).

An alarm stops being displayed immediately the cause of the alarm signal has been eliminated.

A fault message must be cancelled by pressing the P key on the PMU or Reset key on the OP1S (panel

must be in "Operational display" status) as soon as the cause has been eliminated.

NOTE

Setting parameters when fault or alarm message is active

On the PMU:

You can shift an active fault message or alarm "to the background" by pressing the P key and

Higher key simultaneously on the PMU.

If you do not press any key on the PMU within a 30 s period, the fault message or active alarm in

the background is automatically displayed again.

You can fetch a message back to the foreground earlier by pressing the P key and Lower key

simultaneously on the PMU when the parameter number level is selected.

On the OP1S:

You can set parameters normally even if a fault message or alarm is active.

9.1 Fault messages

9.1.1 General information about faults

Fault message display:

On the PMU: F (fault) and a three-digit number. The red LED (Fault) lights up.

On the OP1S: On bottom line of operational display: The red LED (Fault) lights up.

Only one current fault message can be displayed at a time, i.e. other simultaneously active faults are

ignored.

Many fault messages (see List of Fault Messages) can only be active in certain operating states.

The system responses to a fault are as follows:

• The armature current is reduced, the firing pulses are disabled and the SIMOREG unit switches to

operating state o11.0 (fault)

• Fault message is displayed on the operator panel (PMU, OP1S)

• B0106 ( = status word 1, bit 3) is set and B0107 cancelled (see also alarm bits for special faults such

as undervoltage, overtemperature, external faults, etc.)

• The following parameters are refreshed:

r047 fault diagnostic memory

(The displayed values are decimal. For bit-serial evaluation, the values must be

converted from decimal to binary notation, e.g. to be able to determine the

relevant terminal in the case of F018)

r049 Fault time

r947 fault memory, see also r947 in Section 11, Parameter List

r949 fault value

(The displayed values are decimal. For bit-serial evaluation, the values must be

converted from decimal to binary notation, e.g. to be able to determine the

9-2 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

relevant terminal in the case of F018)

P952 number of faults

A text is also displayed for each individual fault in parameter r951 (fault text list). These texts can, for

example, be displayed on the OP1S.

If a fault is not acknowledged before the electronics supply voltage is switched off, then fault message

F040 will be displayed when the supply is next switched on.

9.1.2 List of fault messages

NOTE

Further information about the causes of fault messages

When a fault message is activated, values providing more information about the fault cause are

stored in parameter r047. Where the values can be interpreted by the user, they are included in

the following list of fault messages.

The value in r047.001 is referred to as the "fault value". This is also stored in r949 which also

contains the fault values belonging to older fault messages. The values in r047 are overwritten

when the next fault message occurs.

Values for r047 which are not included in the list below can help a SIEMENS specialist to locate a

fault cause. For this reason, all indices of parameter r047 should be read out whenever a fault

message occurs, even if the meaning of the individual indices of parameter r047 is not specified

for every fault message listed below.

Please note: Before you contact SIEMENS with any query regarding a fault message, please

make a note of the contents of all indices of parameter r047.

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

9.1.2.1 Supply faults

F001 Failure of electronics power supply

(active in all operating states)

Failure of the electronics supply voltage (terminals 5U1, 5W1, 5N1) in “RUN” state for longer than the “restart” time set in

parameter P086 or the electronics are operating on undervoltage.

Possible fault causes:

♦ Line contactor has opened in “RUN” state

♦ Brief supply failure

♦ Supply voltage too low

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 Electronics supply voltage in “RUN” has been interrupted

for longer than setting in P086

i002 Duration of actual supply failure in 1/10 seconds

2 Supply failure prewarning responds periodically -

3 Supply failure prewarning is active for longer than 1.28 s -

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-3

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F004 Phase failure in armature supply

(active in operating states of ≤ o4)

The supply voltage RMS value, calculated from the area of each supply half-wave (rectified average value * peak factor), must be

greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring

100%

P353

P078.001 ∗

The distance between two identical supply zero passages of a phase must not exceed 450 degrees.

If one of these two conditions remains unfulfilled for longer than the “restart time” set in P086, a fault message is activated.

After switch-on, the converter waits in operating states o4 and o5 together for a period not exceeding the setting in P089 for

voltage to appear at the power terminals (and for field current) before activating the fault message.

Possible fault causes:

♦ Parameter P353 is incorrectly set

♦ Armature phase has failed

♦ Line contactor opened in operation

♦ Fuse has blown on three-phase side in armature circuit

♦ Fuse has blown in power section

♦ Interruption in a thyristor firing pulse cable (auxiliary cathodes at connectors X12, X14, X16 are voltage carriers).

Fault value:

1 Voltage failure has occurred in armature supply (1U1, 1V1, 1W1) (when P086=0)

2 Delay time set in parameter P089 has expired in operating state o4

3 Fuse has blown in power section

4 Voltage failure has lasted longer than period set in P086 (if this is >0)

6 The "Main contactor checkback" (control word 2 bit 31) [see also P691] did not switch to "1" before the time set in P095 ran

out, or switched back to "0" during operation [V1.8 and later].

F005 Fault in the field circuit

(active in operating states of ≤ o5)

The line voltage RMS value calculated from the area of each network half-wave (rectification average value * peak factor) must

be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring

100%

P353

P078.002 ∗

The distance between two identical network zero passages of the voltage for the field converter must not exceed 450 degrees.

The actual field current K0265 equals < 50% of the required field current setpoint K0268 for more than 500ms. This monitoring

function is effective only if the field current setpoint corresponds to >2% of the converter rated field current.

[In SW 1.9 and later, the percentage (50%) and time (500ms) can be altered in P396 and P397 respectively]

If one of the fault conditions described persists in operation (or ≤ o4) for longer than the “restart” time set in P086, the fault

message is output.

After the converter is switched on, it waits in operating state o5 for a period not exceeding the setting in P089 for the field supply

voltage or sufficiently high field current before this fault message is activated.

Monitoring for timeout as the field decays or builds up after initiation of field reversal (fault values 6 and 7) is not implemented

until SW 1.7 and later.

Possible fault causes

♦ Threshold for phase failure (P353) set incorrectly

♦ Field phase failed

♦ Line contactor opened during operation

♦ Fuse blown in the field circuit

♦ Field current controller and/or field current precontrol not optimized or badly optimized (check P112, P253 to P256; possibly

execute current controller optimization)

♦ Check P396 (field current monitoring threshold) and P397 (field current monitoring time)

♦ If the fault value is 6: Offset fault in the actual field current value sensing, relevant parameter: P825.i01-i03 (Offset depends

on P076.i02) or P394, P395 (Threshold and hysteresis for message I_field < I_field_min) must be checked

♦ If the fault value is 7: Circuit for the "new" field direction is interrupted (e.g. because the contactor for "new" field direction

does not pick up), P398, P399 (Threshold and hysteresis for message I_field < I_field_x) must be checked

9-4 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

Fault value:

1 Voltage failure occurred in the field supply (terminals 3U1 and 3W1) (if P086 = 0)

2 Delay time according to P089 elapsed in state o5.1 (waiting for voltage at the field power section)

3 Delay time according to P089 elapsed in state o5.0

(waiting until Ifield act (K0265) is > 50% of the instantaneous field current setpoint K0268)

[threshold settable in P396 as of SW 1.9]

4 After P086 > 0 has elapsed (time for automatic restart) in operating state ≤ o4:

Voltage failure in the field supply or Ifield act (K0265) < 50% Ifield set (K0268) for longer than 500 ms

[settable via P396 and P397 as of SW 1.9]

5 When P086 = 0 (no automatic restart) in operating state ≤ o4:

Ifield act (K0265) < 50% Ifield set (K0268) for longer than 500 ms

[settable via P396 and P397 as of SW 1.9]

6 If field reduction before field reversal, I_field ≤ I_field_min (P394) is not reached within 30 s

7 If field build-up after field reversal, I_field > I_field_x (P398) is not reached within 30 s

F006 Undervoltage

(active in operating states of ≤ o4)

The voltage at terminals 1U1, 1V1 or 1W1 and 3U1, 3W1 is lower than the response threshold for longer than the “restart time”

set in P086.

Response threshold for armature supply voltage:

)

100%

P351

(1P078.001 +∗

Response threshold for field supply voltage:

)

100%

P351

(1P078.002 +∗

Possible fault causes

♦ Line undervoltage

♦ Monitoring values set too sensitively or incorrectly (P351, P078)

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 Undervoltage has occurred i002 Number of phase that has activated fault message

0 ... Phase UV

1 ... Phase VW

2 ... Phase WU

3 ... Phase field

i003 Incorrect voltage value (normalized to 16384)

4 Undervoltage persists for longer than time set in

parameter P086 (if this is set to >0)

F007 Overvoltage

(active in operating states of ≤ o4)

The voltage at terminals 1U1, 1V1 or 1W1 and 3U1, 3W1 is higher than the response threshold (for longer than the “restart time”

set in P086).

Response threshold for armature supply voltage:

)

100%

P352

(1P078.001 +∗

Response threshold for field supply voltage:

)

100

P352

(1P078.002 +∗

Possible fault causes

♦ Line overvoltage

♦ Monitoring values set too sensitively or incorrectly (P352, P078)

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-5

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

NOTICE

This monitoring function is deactivated in the delivery state. It can be activated via parameter P820.

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 Overvoltage has occurred 002 Number of phase that has activated fault message

0....Phase UV

1....Phase VW

2....Phase WU

3....Phase field

i003 Incorrect voltage value (normalized to 16384)

4 Undervoltage persists for longer than time set in

parameter P086 (if this is >0)

F008 Line frequency less than the minimum line frequency acc. to parameter P363

(active in operating states of ≤ o5)

This fault message is activated if the line frequency is less than the minimum line frequency (for longer than the “restart time” set

in parameter P086).

Note: Up to software version 1.7 the threshold for activation of the fault message (minimum line frequency) is 45Hz.

Fault value:

1 Frequency of the armature supply < minimum line frequency

2 Frequency of the field supply < minimum line frequency

4 Line frequency less than the minimum line frequency for longer than set in parameter P086 (if >0)

F009 Line frequency greater than the maximum line frequency acc. to parameter P364

(active in operating states of ≤ o5)

This fault message is activated if the line frequency is greater than the maximum line frequency (for longer than the “restart time”

set in parameter P086).

Note: Up to software version 1.7 the threshold for activation of the fault message (maximum line frequency) is 65Hz

Fault value:

1 Frequency of the armature supply > maximum line frequency

2 Frequency of the field supply > maximum line frequency

4 Line frequency greater than the maximum line frequency for longer than set in parameter P086 (if >0)

9.1.2.2 Interface error

F011 Telegram failure at GSST1

when P780 = 2:

USS telegram failure at G-SST1

(active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states)

After the receipt of the first valid protocol, no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P787.

Possible fault causes

♦ Cable break

♦ Error in USS master

9-6 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F012 Telegram failure at GSST2

when P790 = 2:

USS telegram failure at G-SST2

(active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states)

After the receipt of the first valid protocol, no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P797.

Possible fault causes

♦ Cable break

♦ Error in USS master

when P790 = 4 or 5 and P798 = 32 or 33:

Peer-to-peer telegram failure at G-SST2

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

After the receipt of the first valid protocol, no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P797.

Possible fault causes

♦ Interruption in connecting cable

♦ EMC interference on connecting cable

♦ P797 is set too low

F013 Telegram failure at GSST3

when P800 = 2 and P808 = 32 or 33:

USS telegram failure to G-SST3

(active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states)

After the receipt of the first valid protocol, no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P807.

Possible fault causes

♦ Cable break

♦ Error in USS master

when P800 = 4 or 5:

Peer-to-peer telegram failure at G-SST3

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

After the receipt of the first valid protocol, no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P807.

Possible fault causes

♦ Interruption in connecting cable

♦ EMC interference on connecting cable

♦ P807 is set too low

F014 Telegram failure at paralleling interface

(active when U800 = 1 or 2 from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states)

After the receipt of the first valid protocol, no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter U807.

Possible fault causes

♦ Interruption in connecting cable

♦ EMC interference on connecting cable

♦ U807 is set too low

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-7

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F015 Telegram failure on one SIMOLINK board

(active when U741 > 0 as soon as the first valid telegram is received)

After receipt of one valid telegram, no further valid telegrams have arrived within the period set in parameter U741.

Possible fault causes

♦ Break in connecting cable

♦ Parameter setting change during telegram exchange (for parameters see Section 11 "Configuration of SIMOLINK board)

♦ U741 is set to low

Fault value:

1 Telegram failure on 1st SLB

2 Reserved

F016 Hardware fault on expansion board EB1

Fault value:

1 Fault on first EB1

2 Fault on second EB1

F017 Hardware fault on expansion board EB2

Fault value:

1 Fault on first EB2

2 Fault on second EB2

F018 Short circuit or overloading of binary outputs

(active in all operating states)

Possible fault causes

♦ Short circuit or overload at terminals 46, 48, 50 or 52 and 26 or 34

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 Short circuit or overload at binary outputs i002 Bit 8 = 1: Overload at terminal 46

Bit 9 = 1: Overload at terminal 48

Bit 10 = 1: Overload at terminal 50

Bit 11 = 1: Overload at terminal 52

Bit 12 = 1: Overload at terminal 26 (15 V output)

Bit 13 = 1: Overload at terminal 34, 44 and/or 210

(24 V output)

NOTICE

This monitoring function is deactivated in the delivery state. It can be activated via parameter P820.

9.1.2.3 External faults

Fault message from free function block FB286

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F019

1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.005 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.006 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.007 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.008 is in the state log.”1”

Fault message from free function block FB287

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F020

1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.005 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.006 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.007 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.008 is in the state log.”1”

9-8 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F021 External fault 1

(active in all operating states)

Bit 15 in control word 1 was in the log. "0" state for longer than the time set in P360 index 001

F022 External fault 2

(active in all operating states)

Bit 26 in control word 2 was in the log. "0" state for longer than the time set in P360 index 002

Fault message from free function block FB2

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F023

1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.001 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.002 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.003 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.004 is in the state log.”1”

Fault message from free function block FB3

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F024

1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.001 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.002 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.003 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.004 is in the state log.”1”

9.1.2.4 Fault messages from motor sensors

F025 Brush length too short

(active in operating states of ≤ o3)

When parameter P495=2 (binary sensing of brush length), fault message at log.”0” signal (longer than 10s) at terminal 211

Possible fault causes

♦ Encoder for brush length has responded

♦ Open circuit in encoder cable

F026 Bearings in bad condition

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

When parameter P496=2 (bearing condition sensing) fault message at log. “1” signal (longer than 2 s) at terminal 212

Possible fault causes

♦ Encoder for bearing condition has responded

F027 Air-flow monitoring of motor fan

(active in operating states of < o6)

When parameter P497=2 (air-flow monitoring), fault message at log ”0” signal (longer than 40s) at terminal 213

Possible fault causes

♦ Encoder for fan monitoring has responded

♦ Open circuit in encoder cable

F028 Motor overtemperature

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

When parameter P498=2 (thermostat connected), fault message at log. “0” signal (longer than 10s) at terminal 214

Possible fault causes

♦ Thermostat for monitoring motor temperature has responded

♦ Open circuit in encoder cable

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-9

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F029 Motor overtemperature

(active in all operating states)

Select via P493=2 or 3 (temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23) or

P494=2 or 3 (temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205)

When parameter P490.01=1 (KTY84 at terminals 22 / 23) or P490.02=1 (KTY84 at terminals 204 / 205):

The fault message is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the value set in parameter P492.

When parameter P490.01=2, 3, 4 or 5 (PTC thermistor at terminals 22 / 23) or P490.02=2, 3, 4 or 5 (PTC thermistor at terminals

204/ 205):

The fault message is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the response value of the selected PTC thermistor.

Fault value:

1 Fault activation through temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23

2 Fault activation through temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205

9.1.2.5 Drive faults

NOTICE

The monitoring functions F031, F035, F036, and F037 are deactivated in the delivery state.

They can be activated via parameter P820.

F030 Commutation failure or overcurrent has occurred

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

Possible error causes

♦ Mains voltage dip in regenerative feedback mode

♦ Current control loop not optimized

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 The blocking voltage time area for the commutating

thyristor pair was too small

2 The current crest curve breaks upwards

3 The maximum current value was higher than 250% of

rated device current

i002 Delay angle (K0100) in case of error

i003 Actual EMF (K0287) in case of error

i004 Trigger circuitry diagnostics (K0989) in case of error

i005 Actual field current (K0265) in case of error

i006 Number of pulses (K0105) in case of error

4 A paralleled SIMOREG DC Master has detected a

commutation failure or overcurrent

F031 Speed controller monitoring

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

The monitor responds when the difference between the connectors selected in P590 and P591 (factory setting: Setpoint/actual

value difference of speed controller) exceeds the limit set in parameter P388 for longer than the time set in parameter P390.

Possible fault causes

♦ Open control loop

♦ Controller not optimized

♦ P590 or P591 is not correctly parameterized

9.1.2.6 External faults

Fault message from free function block FB4

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F033

1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.001 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.002 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.003 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.004 is in the state log.”1”

9-10 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

Fault message from free function block FB5

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F034

1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.001 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.002 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.003 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.004 is in the state log.”1”

9.1.2.7 Drive faults

F035 Drive is blocked

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This monitoring function responds if the following conditions are fulfilled for longer than the period set in parameter P355:

♦ Positive or negative torque or armature current limit

♦ The armature current is higher than 1% of the converter rated armature DC current

♦ The actual speed is less than 0.4% of maximum speed

Possible fault causes

♦ Drive is blocked

F036 No armature current is flowing

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This monitoring function responds if the armature firing angle is at the rectifier stability limit for more than 500 ms and the

armature current is less than 1% of the converter rated armature DC current.

Possible fault causes

♦ Armature circuit is open

(e.g. DC fuses have blown, open circuit, etc.)

♦ Rectifier stability limit αG (P150) is incorrectly set

♦ Drive is operating at αG limit (e.g. due to supplyundervoltage

♦ EMF is too high because maximum speed setting is too high,

refer to P083, P115, P143, P741)

♦ EMF is too high because field weakening is not selected (refer to P082)

♦ EMF is too high because field current is set too high (refer to P102)

♦ EMF is too high because transition speed for field weakening is set too high (refer to P101) ??

F037 I2t motor monitor has responded

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This monitoring function responds when an I2t value is reached which corresponds to the final temperature at 110% of the rated

motor armature current.

Possible fault causes

♦ Parameter P114 is incorrectly set

♦ Drive has been operating for too long at >110% of rated motor armature current

F038 Overspeed

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This fault message is activated if the actual speed value (selected in P595) exceeds the positive (P380) or negative (P381)

threshold by 0.5%.

Possible fault causes

♦ Lower current limit has been input

♦ Current-controlled operation

♦ P512, P513 are set too low

♦ Tachometer cable contact fault in operation close to maximum speed

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-11

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F039 I2t power section monitor has responded

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This monitoring function responds if the calculated I2t value of the power section reaches the permissible value for the power

section concerned (see also P075).

Possible fault causes

♦ Drive has been operating at overload for too long

♦ Parameter P075 is incorrectly set

♦ Parameter P077 is incorrectly set

F040 Electronics supply disconnected in active fault status

(active in all operating states)

This fault message is activated if the electronics power supply has been disconnected, even though a fault was displayed and not

yet acknowledged.

Possible fault causes

♦ Not all fault messages have been acknowledged

Fault value:

Last active fault message

F041 Ambiguous selection of parameter set or ramp-function generator

(active in all operating states)

♦ While an optimization run is in progress, the function data set selection must not be changed. Fault F041 is displayed if

another, different function data set is selected while an optimization run is being executed.

♦ Check whether ramp-function generator parameter set 1 or 2 or 3 (parameters P303 to P314) is clearly selected. If parameter

sets 2 and 3 are selected simultaneously for more than 0.5s, then fault message F041 is displayed. While the parameter set

selection is ambiguous, the system continues to apply the last clearly identified ramp-function generator parameters.

Possible fault causes

♦ P676 or P677 (selection of binectors which determine the active function data set in control word 2, bits 16 and 17) is

incorrectly set

♦ P637 or P638 (selection of binectors which determine ramp-function generator setting) is incorrectly set

Fault value:

2 The selection of the function data set has been changed during an optimization run

3 Ambiguous selection of ramp-function generator parameter set

9-12 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F042 Tachometer fault

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

A check is performed every 20ms to ensure that

(K0287) EMF Actual

(K0179) speedActual is > +5%

If the check result is incorrect for 4 times in succession, the fault message is activated.

The following rule applies:

100% actual speed = maximum speed

100% actual EMF = ideal average DC voltage at α ≥ 0, i.e. when the thyristor bridge is fully gated

The ideal DC voltage average value at α = 0 is π

P078.001 ∗

∗

The monitoring function is effective only if the EMF > a % of π

P078.001 ∗

∗

"a" is a percentage that can be set in parameter P357 (default setting 10%).

The monitoring function is effective only if the armature current is > 2% of the converter rated DC current set in r072.002.

Possible fault causes

♦ Open circuit in tachometer or pulse encoder cable.

♦ Tachometer of pulse encoder cable incorrectly connected.

♦ Pulse encoder supply has failed.

♦ Polarity for actual speed value (P743) is incorrectly set.

♦ Armature circuit data (P110 und P111) are incorrectly set (execute current controller optimization run).

♦ Tachometer or pulse encoder defective

♦ Pulse encoder supply voltage is incorrectly set (P140)

♦ The field polarity is not reversed by the external hardware when the field is reversed.

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 Open circuit in tachometer or pulse encoder cable i002 Actual speed value (K0179) in case of fault

2 Polarity of tachometer or pulse encoder is incorrect i003 Actual EMF value (K0287) in case of fault

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-13

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F043 EMF too high for braking operation

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This fault message is activated if the following 5 conditions are fulfilled when a torque direction reversal is requested (selection of

MI or MII):

♦ P272=0 (fault message is parameterized and not alarm + field weakening)

♦ A parameterized, additional, torque-free interval (P160 ≠ 0) has expired

♦ Parallel drive is ready for engagement of the new torque direction

♦ The absolute value of the armature current (K0118) requested in the new torque direction is >0.5% of P072

♦ The calculated firing angle (K0101) for the armature current requested for the new torque direction is >165 degrees.

Possible fault causes

♦ No “speed-dependent field weakening" (P081=0) is parameterized even though operation in the field weakening range is

needed for the requested maximum speed

Note:

In motor operation, it is possible to reach EMF values corresponding to the peak of the phase-to-phase supply voltage at a

firing angle of αG=30° (rectifier stability limit P150) and low armature currents.

♦ Setpoint EMF for field weakening operation too high (parameter P101 is set too high)

♦ Supply voltage dip

♦ EMF controller or field current controller is not optimized, possibly resulting in excessive EMF on power-up.

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

Calculated firing angle (armature) before limitation (K0101) i002 Instantaneously measured actual EMF (K0287)

i003 Armature current controller setpoint (K0118)

F044 A slave connected to the paralleling interface is not operating

(active when U800 = 1 or 2 and U806>10 (master) after receipt of the first valid protocol in operating states – –, I, II)

Fault value:

1 A fault message is active on a slave

2 A slave is not in operation (e.g. because its enable input is set to "0")

F046 Analog select input for main setpoint (terminals 4 and 5) faulty

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

This fault message is activated when P700=2 (current input 4 to 20 mA) and an input current of less than 2mA is flowing.

Possible fault causes

♦ Open circuit in supply cable

♦ P700 is incorrectly set

F047 Analog select input 1 (terminals 6 and 7) is faulty

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

This fault message is activated when P710=2 (current input 4 to 20 mA) and an input current of less than 2mA is flowing.

Possible fault causes

♦ Open circuit in supply cable

♦ P710 is incorrectly set

9-14 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

F048 Fault in measuring channel for digital speed sensing using pulse encoder

(active in all operating states)

1. Disturbances on encoder cables:

Faults on the encoder cables (transitions to 0 with a 1 signal or to 1 with a 0 signal) are signalled as a rotational direction change

by the evaluation circuit. Frequent changes in rotational direction can occur only at speeds around 0.

The fault message is activated if 10 consecutive pulse encoder signal evaluations identify “direction of rotation change” at a

speed of ≥ 48 rev/min and an EMF > threshold (see below).

2. Pulse encoder defective:

The fault message is activated if, at an EMF > threshold (see below) 10 consecutive pulse encoder signal evaluations identify

“implausible characteristics” of these signals (i.e. frequent rotational direction changes, edges too close together, failure of an

encoder cable or short circuit between two encoder cables).

Possible fault causes

♦ EMC-related interference on a pulse encoder signal (terminals 28 to 31)

♦ Pulse encoder defective

♦ Interruption in an encoder cable

♦ Short circuit between an encoder cable and the supply voltage or another encoder cable

♦ P110 or P111 is incorrectly set (resulting in incorrectly calculation of EMF)

Note:

When the speed encoder is operating correctly, signal sequences, which are characteristic of a faulty pulse encoder or

disturbances on the pulse encoder cables, may occur continuously at the input terminals (e.g. continuous changes in rotational

direction or short pulse intervals) at about 0 speed, e.g. as the result of slight oscillation around a bright/dark transition on the

speed encoder disk).

For this reason, fault F048 is not activated until the EMF > 10% of π

P078.001 ∗

∗ .

Fault value:

1 Disturbances on encoder cables

2 Defective pulse encoder

9.1.2.8 Start-up faults

F050 Optimization run not possible

(active in all operating states)

A fault has occurred during an optimization run.

NOTE

The contents of r047, Index 002 to 016, can provide specialists with more detailed information about fault causes. For this

reason, please read out and document all the indices associated with this fault and pass them on when you contact Siemens for

help.

Fault value:

1 Armature current is too low when α=30° and EMF=0.

(average armature current <75% of IA, motor or <75% of IA, rated)

Possible cause:

• Armature circuit interrupted

• High-resistance load

• P150 (Alpha G limit) has been set to excessively high value

2 It was not possible to determine the armature circuit resistance (P110) because the armature current was ≥ 37.5 % of P100

in fewer than 20 of the 150 firing cycles of the measuring phase.

Possible cause:

•Armature current of 37.5% of P100 (I A, motor) is no longer possible (although a current of 75% of P100 was already

flowing, maybe a fuse has blown).

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-15

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

3 Armature current peaks are too small at α=30° and EMF=0

(armature current peak value <50% of IA, motor or <50% of IA,rated)

Possible cause:

• Armature circuit inductance is too high (field supply from armature terminals)

• P150 (Alpha G limit) has been set to excessively high value

Possible remedy:

• Reduce P100 (IA,motor) while this optimization run is in progress

4 The armature circuit inductance (P111) cannot be determined from the sampled values of the armature current and line

voltage of the armature current crest last generated

Possible cause:

•P100 (IA,motor) or r072.i002 (IA,rated) very much smaller than actual motor rated current of the armature

•LA >327.67mH (armature circuit inductance too large)

•P100 (IA,motor) very much smaller than r072.i002 (IA,rated)

•Armature circuit short-circuited

5 Offset adjustment of actual field current sensing is not possible

(value detected for P825 is outside permissible value range)

Possible cause:

• Fault in actual field current sensing circuit

(defective A7004 gating board or A7001 electronics board)

7 The field circuit resistance (P112) is indeterminable

(the actual field current does not reach the internally specified setpoint of 95% of P102 as a result of P112 variation)

Possible cause:

• R

A >3276.7Ω

• Fault in actual field current sensing circuit (defective gating board or A7001 electronics board)

• The command “Inject standstill field” is applied

• P102 is set too high

• A thyristor in the field bridge is not firing

8 80% of rated EMF (K287=P101 – P100 * P110) cannot be reached within 15s (or maximum of the three set acceleration

times)

Possible cause:

• Acceleration time (P303, P307, P311) is set too low

• P101 does not match the set maximum speed (UA at nmax < P101) or setting for P102 is too low

• The command “Ramp-function generator enable”=0 or ”Ramp-function generator stop”=1

9 Field current control loop is not stable enough to record field characteristics

(30s after injection of internal field current setpoint, actual field current is deviating by more than (0.39% of P102 + 0.15 %

of r073.002) from the setpoint)

Possible cause:

• Field current controller or field current precontrol is not optimized or optimized badly (check P112, P253 to P256 or

execute a current controller optimization run (P051=25))

10 Field characteristic is not uniform

(i.e. in spite of field current setpoint reduction, the flux values of this measuring point calculated from EMF and actual speed

are rising)

Possible cause:

• High armature reaction and sharp load variations during recording of field characteristics

• Field current controller or field current precontrol is not optimized or optimized badly (check P112, P253 to P256 or

execute a current controller optimization run (P051=25))

11 A lower field current limit of ≥ 50% of P102 (IF,motor) is applied

(for this reason, it is not possible to plot a minimum of 9 field weakening measuring points)

Possible cause:

• P103 ≥ 50% of P102

Check P614 !

9-16 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

12 The drive has reached the positive torque limit even though the applied field current setpoint is still ≥ 50% of P102

(IF,motor)

Possible cause:

• Armature current is very “unsteady”, e.g. due to high speed controller P gain setting in P225 (on drive with high integral-

action time). In this case, setting a lower actual speed filtering value in P200 and execution of another speed controller

optimization run (P051=26) may help.

• Check torque limits

13 The drive has reached the positive armature current limit even through the applied field current setpoint is still ≥ 50% of

P102 (IF,motor)

Possible cause:

• Armature current is very “unsteady”, e.g. due to high speed controller P gain setting in P225 (on drive with high integral-

action time). In this case, setting a lower actual speed filtering value in P200 and execution of another speed controller

optimization run (P051=26) may help

• Check armature current limits

14 The speed has changed by more than 12.5% at a constant speed setpoint even through the applied field current setpoint is

still ≥ 50% of P102 (IF,motor)

Possible cause: as for fault value 12

15 The EMF setpoint is too small to plot a field characteristic

EMFset

= UA – IA,motor * RA = P101 – P100 * P110 < 10% of 1.35 * P078.i001

(e.g. P078.i001 = 400 V . . . minimum EMFset = 54 V)

16 Field weakening operation is not allowed in operation without a tachometer (P083=3)

17 The field current controller cannot be optimized because the field circuit time constant cannot be determined (actual field

current does not decay after switch-off to below 0.95*initial value within approximately 1s or to below 0.8 * 0.95*initial

values within approximately 2 s)

Possible cause:

• Setting in P103 is too high

• Field circuit inductance is too high

• Fault in actual field current sensing circuit (gating board or A7001 electronics board defective)

• Ratio r073.02 / P102 is too high (change P076.02 if necessary)

18 Field weakening range is too wide, i.e. during power-up (at full field) to a speed setpoint of +10% nmax , the |EMK| is > 77%

of setpoint EMF (P101 – P100 * P110)

Possible cause:

• Maximum speed setting is incorrect

• Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143)

• Parameters for tachometer adaptation are incorrect (P741)

• Setpoint EMF is not correct (P101, P100, P110)

• An excessively high load torque (in positive or negative direction, e.g. a suspended load) causes the drive to rotate, one

of the armature current or torque limits may be parameterized too low

19 A steady-state actual speed of +10%, +20%, +30% . . . or +100% of the maximum speed cannot be reached within 3

minutes (or maximum value of the three set acceleration times) in speed-controlled operation (the speed setpoint/actual

value difference averaged over 90 firing cycles must equal <0.1% nmax for a specific time period)

Possible cause:

• Acceleration time is set too low (P303, P307, P311)

• Drive is blocked

• An excessively high load torque (in positive or negative direction, e.g. a suspended load) causes the drive to rotate, one

of the armature current or torque limits may be parameterized too low

• Poor speed controller setting (P225, P226, P228) or speed controller is parameterized as pure P controller or with

droop

• A band elimination filter (P201, P202 or P203, P204) is active

• Command “Ramp-function generator enable” =0 or ”Ramp-function generator STOP” =1 is applied

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-17

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

20 Current limit is too low

(With speed controller optimization run: Less than 30% or 45% of P100 (IA,motor) + the armature current required for zero

speed,

With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation: Less than 20% of P100 (IA, motor) + the

armature current required for a steady-state speed corresponding to 10% of maximum speed)

21 Field weakening range is too wide (nact < +7% nmax produces |EMF| > 54% setpoint EMF)

(setpoint EMF= K289= P101 – P100 * P110)

Possible cause:

• Maximum speed setting is incorrect

• Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143)

• Parameters for tachometer adaptation are incorrect (P741)

• Setpoint EMF is not correct (P101, P100, P110)

• Caution:

Even a high absolute negative actual speed value can produce an | EMF | of > 54% setpoint EMF

22 With speed controller optimization run:

With an acceleration current equaling 20% or 30% of P100 (IA, motor) + armature current required for zero speed or

With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation:

With an acceleration current equaling the current required to achieve a steady-state speed of 10% of maximum speed +

20% of P100 (IA, motor), the maximum speed cannot be reached within 45s +7%

Possible cause:

• Centrifugal mass is too large

• Drive is blocked, heavily speed-dependent or excessively high load torque

• “Active” load is attempting to maintain a certain speed

Possible remedy:

• Increase P100 while the optimization run is in progress in order to raise the applied acceleration current during

optimization (during the speed controller optimization run, a maximum of 45% of IA, motor (+ armature current for zero

speed) is applied as the armature current setpoint, IA,motor (P100) can thus be increased to 2.2 times the value at

maximum without exceeding 100% IA, motor during optimization)

23 With speed controller optimization run:

With an acceleration current equaling 20% or 30% of P100 (IA, motor) + armature current required for zero speed or

With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation:

With an acceleration current equalling the current required to achieve a steady-state speed of 10% of maximum speed +

20% of P100 (IA, motor), the maximum speed or 100% of setpoint EMF cannot be reached within 90s +13%

Possible cause:

• Flywheel mass is too large

• Drive is blocked, heavily speed-dependent or excessively high load torque

• “Active” load is attempting to maintain a certain speed

Possible remedy:

• Increase P100 while the optimization run is in progress in order to raise the applied acceleration current during

optimization (during the speed controller optimization run, a maximum of 45% of IA, motor (+ armature current for zero

speed) is applied as the armature current setpoint, IA,motor (P100) can thus be increased to 2.2 times the value at

maximum without exceeding 100% IA, motor during optimization)

24 With speed controller optimization run:

The actual speed does not drop to below +2% of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 2

minutes

With optimization run for field weakening:

The actual speed does not drop to below +2% of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within

10 minutes

With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation:

The actual speed does not drop to below +2% of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within

11 or 2 minutes

Possible cause:

• Single-quadrant drive coasts to a standstill too slowly

9-18 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

25 The average armature current required for the speed range from +7% to approximately +13% of maximum speed to cover

the friction and/or steady-state load torque cannot be calculated

Possible cause:

• Drive with very little friction or very small integral-action time and, as a result of the very short measuring time,

computational inaccuracies during evaluation

• Distorted or disturbed actual speed value

• Large flywheel mass that is coupled to the drive via long shaft with high torsion, possibly via a

coupling with large amount of play

Possible remedy:

• Reduce P100 for duration of the optimization run to decrease the acceleration current applied during optimization and

thus to lengthen the measuring time

26 Load torque too high (nset =0% nmax results in nict ≥ 40% nmax) (actual speed value is averaged over 90 firing cycles,

speed monitoring at ≥ 40% nmax does not start for 1s after application of speed setpoint of nset=0)

Possible cause:

• An excessively high load torque (in a positive or negative direction, e.g. suspended load) causes the drive to rotate (the

speed controller parameters are parameterized according to the factory setting during this run)

• One of the armature current or torque limits is parameterized too low (the motor field may not be reaching full field

strength fast enough with the result that the initial motor torque is too low)

• Maximum speed setting is incorrect

• Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143)

• Parameters for tachometer adjustment are not correct (P741)

27 Load torque is too high (nset=0% nmax results in |EMF| >100% setpoint EMF) (EMF monitoring at ≥ (P101 – P100 * P110)

does not start for 1 s after application of speed setpoint of nset=0)

Possible cause:

• An excessively high load torque (in a positive or negative direction, e.g. suspended load) causes the drive to rotate (the

speed controller parameters are parameterized according to the factory setting during this run)

• One of the armature current or torque limits is parameterized too low (the motor field may not be reaching full field

strength fast enough with the result that the initial motor torque is too low)

• Maximum speed setting is incorrect

• Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143)

• Parameters for tachometer adjustment are not correct (P741)

• Setpoint EMF settings are incorrect (P101, P100, P110)

28 A steady-state actual speed corresponding to 0% of maximum speed cannot be reached within 0 s in speed-controlled

operation (the speed setpoint/actual value difference averaged over 90 firing cycles must be <1.0% nmax for a total of 4s)

Possible cause: As for fault value 26

29 The calculated armature circuit inductance is greater than 327.67 mH, therefore P111 = 327,67 mH has been set. All other

parameters (the current controller parameters P155 and P156 too) have been set correctly despite that. (For the real

armature circuit inductance in mH, see r047.i010).

Possible cause:

•e.g. field supply from the armature terminals

30 The calculated armature circuit inductance is greater than 327.67 mH and the calculated armature circuit resistance is

greater than 32.767 Ω, therefore P111 = 327,67 mH and P110 = 32,767 Ω has been set. All other parameters have also

been set. However, the values of the current controller parameters P155 and P156 might differ from the optimum setting.

Possible cause:

•e.g. field supply from the armature terminals

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-19

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

31 The calculated armature circuit resistance is greater than 32.767 Ω, therefore P110 = 32,767 Ω has been set. All other

parameters have also been set. Possibly the calculated P111 and therefore also the current controller parameters P155

and P156 have been distorted by the limitation in P110 .

Possible cause:

•e.g. field supply from the armature terminals

r047 Index 002:

1 Fault has occurred during optimization run for current controller and precontrol for armature and field (selected by means of

P051=25)

2 Fault has occurred during optimization run for speed controller (selected through setting P051=26)

3 Fault has occurred during optimization run for field weakening (selected through setting P051=27)

4 Fault has occurred during internal offset adjustments (selected through P051=22)

5 Fault has occurred in optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation (selected through setting P051=28)

F051 No optimization run when permanent memory is disabled [V2.1 and later]

(active in all operating states)

If P051.001 is set to 0 (write access to permanent memory disabled), it is not possible to execute an optimization run.

F052 Optimization run aborted as a result of external cause

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This fault message is activated when the converter ceases operating in the RUN state (state I, II or --) during an optimization run

(and thus in response to every FAULT) or if the EMERGENCY STOP or SHUTDOWN command is applied. The optimization run

is aborted. Only those parameters which had been fully optimized prior to activation of the fault message are altered.

When the STANDSTILL command is applied, this fault message is not activated if the optimization run for field weakening is

interrupted after the 1st field weakening measuring point has been recorded or, in the case of the optimization run for friction and

moment of inertia compensation, after the measuring point at 10% maximum speed has been determined. In these cases, the run

may be interrupted by STANDSTILL so as to be able to complete the run in several stages (by repeated restarts) for a limited

travel path.

Fault value: r047 Index 002 to 016:

1 Run was aborted because converter is no longer

operating in RUN mode

2 Run was aborted because EMERGENCY STOP

command was applied (speed controller setpoint =0)

3 Run was aborted because STANDSTILL command was

applied (ramp-function generator setpoint=0)

4 Operation has been aborted because P051 was changed

during the optimization run

5 Run was aborted because SWITCH-ON command was

not applied within 30 s of selection of optimization run

6 Operation has been aborted because the OPERATING

ENABLE command was not entered within 1 minute of

selection of the optimization run.

7 Operation has been aborted because converter was not

in operating state < o7.2 15 s after selection of the

optimization run with P051 = 25, 26, 27 or 28 (input of

OFF1 command may have been forgotten)

i002=1 Fault has occurred during optimization run for current

controller and precontrol for armature and field

(selected by means of P051=25)

i002=2 Fault has occurred during optimization run for speed

controller (selected through setting P051=26)

i002=3 Fault has occurred during optimization run for field

weakening (selected through setting P051=27)

i002=5 Fault has occurred in optimization run for friction and

moment of inertia compensation (selected through

setting P051=28)

9.1.2.9 External faults

Fault message from free function block FB288

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

F053

1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.005 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.006 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.007 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.008 is in the state log.”1”

F054 Fault message from free function block FB289

(active in all operating states)

Fault value:

9-20 Siemens Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.005 is in the state log.”1”

2 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.006 is in the state log.”1”

3 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.007 is in the state log.”1”

4 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.008 is in the state log.”1”

9.1.2.10 Start-up faults

F055 No field characteristic recorded

(active in operating states of – –, I, II)

Possible fault causes

♦ The optimization run for field weakening (P051=27) has not yet been executed.

Fault value:

1 P170 = 1 (”torque control”) selected, but “no valid field characteristic has been recorded” (P117=0) yet

2 P081 = 1 (”speed-dependent field weakening”) selected, but “no valid field characteristic has been recorded” (P117=0) yet

(P117=0)

F056 Important parameter is not set

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

This fault message is activated if certain parameters are still set to 0.

Fault value:

1 Speed controller actual value selection in P083 is still set to 0

2 Rated motor armature current in P100 is still set to 0.0

3 Rated motor field current in P102 is still set to 0.00 (fault message only when P082 ≠ 0)

4 Rated DC current of external field device is still set to 0.00 in U838 (error message if P082 >= 21 only)

F058 Parameter settings are not consistent

(active in operating states of ≤ o6)

Inconsistent values have been set in mutually dependent parameters.

Fault value:

2 The parameters for speed-dependent current limitation are not set correctly (the following applies: P105>P107 (I1>I2) and

P104 < P106 (n1<n2))

3 The field characteristic is not uniform

4 The first threshold for P gain adaptation of the speed controller set in parameter P556 is higher than the second threshold

setting in parameter P559

4 P557 is set to greater than P560

5 P558 is set to greater than P561

7 If P083=1 (analog tachometer), then P746 may not equal 0 (main actual value is not connected)

8 If P083=2 (pulse encoder), then P140 may not equal x0 (no pulse encoder installed)

9 If P083=3 (EMF control) then P082 may not equal x1x (field weakening operation)

10 P090 (stabilization time for supply voltage) >P086 (time for automatic restart)

11 P090 (stabilization time for supply voltage) >P089 (waiting time in state o4 or o5)

12 P445=1 is set (switch-on, shutdown and crawl act as a pushbutton) although no binector is parameterized as a shudown

button (P444=0)

13 If P067 > 1, then P075 must also be > 0

14 Parameter U673 > U674 (this setting is not permitted; see function diagram B152)

15 Parameter P169 = 1 and P170 = 1 (impermissible setting)

F059 Technology option S00 is disabled/will be disabled soon

(active in all operating statuses)

Siemens Energy & Automation 9-21

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

Fault Description

No. Cause as a function of fault value

(r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

Fault value:

1 Time credit for S00 = 0 hrs

The technology option S00 for 500 operating hours no longer applies. The functions are now no longer available, but the

parameter settings have been retained.

If you wish to continue using technology option S00, please contact your nearest Siemens Sales Office to obtain the PIN

number you will require to permanently enable this option.

You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC Master. For further details, please refer to the description of

parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List.

2 Time credit S00 < 100 Std.

The remaining time period of temporary enabling of technology option S00 is now less than 100 operating hours. The

technology functions will not be available for much longer.

If you wish to continue using technology option S00, please contact your nearest Siemens Sales Office to obtain the PIN

number you will require to permanently enable this option.

for permanent enabling of technology option S00.

You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC Master. For further details, please refer to the description of

parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List.

3 S00 operation will not be possible if an SLB cycle time of < 1 ms is set

Owing to the available capacity of the electronics board, it is not possible to operate the S00 technology option at the same

time as a SIMOLINK bus with an extremely short cycle time (U746 < 1 ms).

see also parameter P330

0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

10-40 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

Limitation at ramp-function generator output (setpoint limiting)

The effective limitations are:

Upper limit: Minimum value of P300 and the four connectors selected with P632

Lower limit: Maximum value of P301 and the four connectors selected with P633

Note: The limiting values for both the positive and negative setpoint limits can have a positive or negative sign. The negative

setpoint limit, for example, can therefore be parameterized to a positive value and the positive setpoint limit to a negative

value.

P300

FDS

(G137)

Positive limitation at ramp-function generator output -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P301

FDS

(G137)

Negative limitation at ramp-function generator output -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=-100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P302

FDS

(G136)

Select ramp-function generator / ramp-up integrator mode

0 Normal ramp-function generator operation:

Ramp-function generator setting 1 (P303 to P306) is applied.

When a binary selectable input parameterized as "Ramp-

function generator setting 2" (P307 to P310)” (selected in P637)

or ”Ramp-function generator setting 3" (P311 to P314)”

(selected in P638), generator setting 2 or 3 is applied as

appropriate.

1 Ramp-up integrator operation:

When the setpoint is reached for the first time, ramp-function

generator setting 1 is switched over to a ramp-up/down

times = 0

2 Ramp-up integrator operation:

When the setpoint is reached for the first time, ramp-function

generator setting 1 is switched over to generator setting 2 (P307

to P310)

3 Ramp-up integrator operation:

When the setpoint is reached for the first time, ramp-function

generator setting 1 is switched over to generator setting 3 (P311

to P314)

0 to 3

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Ramp-function generator parameter set 1 (see also parameter P330)

P303

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-up time 1 0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P304

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-down time 1 0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P305

FDS

(G136)

Lower transition rounding 1 0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P306

FDS

(G136)

Upper transition rounding 1 0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Ramp-function generator parameter set 2 (see also parameter P330)

Ramp-function generator parameter set 2 is selected via the binector parameterized in P637.

P307

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-up time 2 0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P308

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-down time 2 0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P309

FDS

(G136)

Lower transition rounding 2 0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P310

FDS

(G136)

Upper transition rounding 2 0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Ramp-function generator parameter set 3 (see also parameter P330)

Ramp-function generator parameter set 3 is selected via the binector parameterized in P638.

P311

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-up time 3 0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-41

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P312

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-down time 3 0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P313

FDS

(G136)

Lower transition rounding 3 0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P314

FDS

(G136)

Upper transition rounding 3 0.00 to 100.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Displays

r315

(G136)

Display of effective times

i001: Display of effective ramp-up time

i002: Display of effective ramp-down time

i003: Display of effective lower transition rounding

i004: Display of effective upper transition rounding

0.00 to

650.00 / 10.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

Type: O2

P052 = 3

r316

(G136)

Display of ramp-function generator status

Mode of representation on operator panel (PMU):

32104567

Segment:

0 RFG enable

1 RFG start

2 Setpoint enable & /OFF1

3 Set RFG

4 RFG tracking

5 Bypass RFG

7 Ramp-down

15 Ramp-up

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

P317

FDS

(G136)

Ramp-function generator tracking

0 Ramp-function generator tracking is not active

1 Ramp-function generator tracking is active

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P318

FDS

(G136)

Set ramp-function generator output

This parameter determines how the ramp-function generator output is set at

the commencement of a "Shutdown" process:

0 The ramp-function generator output is not set at the

commencement of a "Shutdown" process”

1 At the commencement of "Shutdown", the output is set to the

actual speed value K0167 (actual speed value K0167 is

"unfiltered")

2 At the commencement of "Shutdown", the output is set to the

actual speed value K0179 (value is filtered by PT1 in P200,

other filters may also be active)

(setting may not be used in conjunction with P205 > 0)

During a "Shutdown" process, the limitation at the ramp-function generator

output is not effective. P318 must be set to 1 or 2 to prevent any

(temporary) excess speed during "Shutdown" when the generator output is

limited.

0 to 2

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P319

FDS

(G136)

Delay time for enabling ramp-function generator [SW 1.5 and later]

0.00 to 10.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10.15 Setpoint processing

P320

FDS

(G135)

Multiplier for main setpoint -300.00 to 300.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-42 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P321

FDS

(G135)

Multiplier for additional setpoint -300.00 to 300.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P322

FDS

(G135)

Source for multiplier for main setpoint

0 = Connector K0000

1 = Connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P323

FDS

(G135)

Source for multiplier for additional setpoint

0 = Connector K0000

1 = Connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.16 Ramp-function generator

P330

FDS

(G136)

Factor for ramp-function generator times [SW 2.1 and later]

Selection of a factor for the values set in parameters P296, P297, P298,

P303 to P314 and P542 (ramp-function generator times).

0 Factor = 1

1 Factor = 60

i.e. effective ramp-function generator times = values set in

[minutes] instead of in [seconds]

0 bis 1

Ind: 4

WE=0

Typ: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

10.17 Setting values for monitoring functions and limits

Setting values for monitoring functions

P351

FDS

Threshold for undervoltage trip

If the line voltage drops below a specific value (P078) and does not return to

the permissible tolerance range within the "Restart time" set in P086, fault

message F006 is activated. The drive dwells in operating state o4 or o5

while the line undervoltage persists.

-90 to 0

[%]

Armature:

1% of P078.001

Field:

1% of P078.002

Ind: 4

FS=-20

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P352

FDS

Source for overvoltage trip

If the line voltage exceeds a specific value (P078) and does not return to the

permissible tolerance range within the "Restart time" set in P086, fault

message F007 is activated.

0 to 99

[%]

Armature:

1% of P078.001

Field:

1% of P078.002

Ind: 4

FS=20

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P353

FDS

Response threshold for phase failure monitoring

If the line voltage drops below the permissible value in operating states of

≤ o4 and does not return to an "acceptable" value within the "Restart time"

set in P086, fault message F004 or F005 is activated.

The drive dwells in operating state o4 or o5 for the period that the line

voltage remains below the threshold and during the subsequent voltage

stabilization period set in P090.

When a switch-on command is entered, the converter dwells in operating

states o4 and o5 for a maximum total delay period for both states set in

P089 until the voltages in all phases exceed the threshold set in this

parameter before fault message F004 or F005 is activated.

10 to 100

[%]

Armature:

1% of P078.001

Field:

1% of P078.002

Ind: 4

FS=40

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P355

FDS

Stall protection time

F035 is activated if the conditions for the "Stall protection" fault message are

fulfilled for longer than the period set in P355.

When P355=0.0, the "Drive blocked" monitoring function (F035) is

deactivated and alarm A035 is likewise suppressed.

0.0 to 600.0

[s]

0.1s

Ind: 4

FS=0,5

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P357

FDS

Threshold for tachometer interruption monitoring

F042 is suppressed if the actual EMF value is lower than the value set in

P357.

The setting is entered as a % of the ideal mean DC voltage value at α=0,

i.e. as a % of P078.001 * 1.35

10 to 70

[%]

Ind: 4

FS=10

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-43

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P360

(G180)

(G181)

Response delay for external faults and alarms

The fault message or alarm is not activated on the converter until the

appropriate input or corresponding control word bit (as selected in P675,

P686, P688 or P689) has been in the LOW state for at least the time period

set in this parameter (see also Section 8, Sheets G180 and G181).

i001: Delay for external fault 1

i002: Delay for external fault 2

i003: Delay for external alarm 1

i004: Delay for external alarm 2

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P361

FDS

Delay time for the undervoltage monitoring [SW 1.7 and later]

Activation of the fault message F006 (line undervoltage) is delayed by the

time that can be set in this parameter. During this delay time firing pulses

are output!

Another time which is parameterized for automatic restarting (P086) only

begins after the time set here has elapsed.

0 to 60000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P362

FDS

Delay time for the overvoltage monitoring [SW 1.7 and later]

Activation of the fault message F007 (line overvoltage) is delayed by the

time that can be set in this parameter. During this delay time firing pulses

are output!

Another time which is parameterized for automatic restarting (P086) only

begins after the time set here has elapsed.

0 to 60000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: 4

FS=10000

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P363

FDS

Threshold for the minimum line frequency [SW 1.8 and later]

If the line frequency falls below the value set here and does not rise above it

again within the "restart" time set in P086, the fault message F008 is

activated. As long as the line frequency is below the value set here, the

drive is kept in operating state o4 or o5.

[values < 45.0 Hz can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

CAUTION

Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz

is available on request.

23.0 to 60.0

[Hz]

0.1 Hz

Ind: 4

FS=45.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P364

FDS

Threshold for the maximum line frequency [SW 1.8 and later]

If the line frequency rises above the value set here and does not fall below it

again within the "restart" time set in P086, the fault message F009 is

activated. As long as the line frequency is above the value set here, the

drive is kept in operating state o4 or o5.

CAUTION

Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz

is available on request.

50.0 to 110.0

[Hz]

0.1 Hz

Ind: 4

FS=65.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

10.18 Setting values for limit-value monitors

(see also Section 8, Sheet G187 and G188 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

n < nmin signal

P370

FDS

(G187)

Speed threshold nmin

Speed threshold for n < nmin limit-value monitor.

Note:

This threshold also affects the sequence of control operations for

"Shutdown", "Fast stop", cancellation of the "Inching" or "Crawling"

command, the "Braking with field reversal" function and the brake control

operation (see Section 9).

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=0,50

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P371

FDS

(G187)

Hysteresis for n < nmin signal

This value is added to the response threshold if n < nmin is active.

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=0,50

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

n < ncomp. signal

10-44 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P373

FDS

(G187)

Speed threshold ncomp.

Speed threshold for n < ncomp. signal

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P374

FDS

(G187)

Hysteresis for < ncomp. signal (n < ncomp. signal)

This value is added to the response threshold if n < ncomp. is active.

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=3.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P375

FDS

(G187)

OFF delay for n < ncomp. signal 0.0 to 100.0

[s]

0.1s

Ind: 4

FS=3.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Setpoint/actual value deviation 2

P376

FDS

(G187)

Permissible setpoint/actual value deviation 2 [SW 1.9 and later] 0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FD=3.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P377

FDS

(G187)

Hysteresis for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 signal

[SW 1.9 and later]

This value is added to the response threshold if a setpoint/actual value

deviation signal is active

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=1.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P378

FDS

(G187)

Response delay for setpoint/actual value deviation signal 2

[SW 1.9 and later] 0.0 to 100.0

[s]

0.1s

Ind: 4

FS=3.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

Overspeed

P380

FDS

(G188)

Maximum speed in positive direction of rotation 0.0 to 199.9

[%]

0.1% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=120.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P381

FDS

(G188)

Maximum speed in negative direction of rotation -199.9 to 0.0

[%]

0.1% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=-120.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Setpoint/actual value deviation 1

P388

FDS

(G187)

Permissible deviation between setpoint and actual value 1 0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=3.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P389

FDS

(G187)

Hysteresis for setpoint/actual value deviation signal 1

This value is added to the response threshold if a setpoint/actual value

deviation signal is active

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=1.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P390

FDS

(G187)

Response delay for setpoint/actual value deviation signal 1 0.0 to 100.0

[s]

0.1s

Ind: 4

FS=3.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

If < If min signal

P394

FDS

(G188)

Field current threshold If min

Field current threshold for If < If min limit-value monitor.

Note:

This threshold affects the sequence of control operations for the "Direction

of rotation reversal using field reversal" and "Braking with field reversal"

functions (see Section 9).

The If < If min signal is connected to binector B0215, the actual value at

field current controller input K0265 is applied as If.

B0215 = 0 when K0265 > threshold set in P394

B0215 = 1 when K0265 < threshold set in P394 + hysteresis set in P395

0 → 1 transition takes place when K0265 < P394

1 → 0 transition takes place when K0265 > P394 + P395

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of converter

rated field DC

current (r073.i02)

Ind: 4

FS=3.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P395

FDS

(G188)

Hysteresis for If < If min signal

This value is added to the response threshold if If < If min is active.

(see also P394)

0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01% of converter

rated field DC

current (r073.i02)

Ind: 4

FS=1.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-45

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

Field current monitoring

Fault message F005 is activated if the actual field current (K0265) is lower than the percentage of the field current setpoint (K0268) set in

P396 for longer than the time set in parameter P397.

Note:

Fault message F005 is only activated, however, if the field current setpoint is > 2% of the converter rated DC current of the field (r073.i02)

ist.

P396

FDS

(G167)

Threshold for field current monitoring [SW 1.9 and later]

1 to 100

[%]

0.01% of setpoint at

field current con-

troller input (K0268)

Ind: 4

FS=50

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P397

FDS

(G167)

Field current monitoring time [SW 1.9 and later]

0.02 to 60.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.50

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

If < If x signal

P398

FDS

(G188)

Field current threshold If x

Setpoint-oriented field current threshold for If < If x limit-value monitor.

Note:

This threshold affects the sequence of control operations for the "Direction

of rotation reversal using field reversal" and "Braking with field reversal"

functions (see Section 9).

The If < If x signal is connected to binector B0216, the actual value at field

current controller input K0265 is applied as If.

B0216 = 0 when K0265 > threshold set in P398

B0216 = 1 when K0265 < threshold set in P398 + hysteresis set in P399

0 → 1 transition takes place when K0265 < P398

1 → 0 transition takes place when K0265 > P398 + P399

0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01% of setpoint at

field current

controller input

(K0268)

Ind: 4

FS=80.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P399

FDS

(G188)

Hysteresis for If < If x signal

This value is added to the response threshold if If < If x is active.

(see also P398)

0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01% of converter

rated field DC

current (r073.i02)

Ind: 4

FS=1.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10.19 Settable fixed values

Function: The value set in the parameter is applied to the specified connector

P401

FDS

(G120)

K401 fixed value

is applied to connector K0401

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P402

FDS

(G120)

K402 fixed value

is applied to connector K0402

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P403

FDS

(G120)

K403 fixed value

is applied to connector K0403

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P404

FDS

(G120)

K404 fixed value

is applied to connector K0404

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P405

FDS

(G120)

K405 fixed value

is applied to connector K0405

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P406

FDS

(G120)

K406 fixed value

is applied to connector K0406

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P407

FDS

(G120)

K407 fixed value

is applied to connector K0407

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P408

FDS

(G120)

K408 fixed value

is applied to connector K0408

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P409

FDS

(G120)

K409 fixed value

is applied to connector K0409

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P410

FDS

(G120)

K410 fixed value

is applied to connector K0410

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-46 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P411

FDS

(G120)

K411 fixed value

is applied to connector K0411

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P412

FDS

(G120)

K412 fixed value

is applied to connector K0412

-32768 to 32767

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P413

FDS

(G120)

K413 fixed value

is applied to connector K0413

-32768 to 32767

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P414

FDS

(G120)

K414 fixed value

is applied to connector K0414

-32768 to 32767

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P415

FDS

(G120)

K415 fixed value

is applied to connector K0415

-32768 to 32767

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P416

FDS

(G120)

K416 fixed value

is applied to connector K0416

-32768 to 32767

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10.20 Fixed control bits

Function: The value set in the parameter is applied to the specified binector

P421

FDS

(G120)

B421 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0421

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P422

FDS

(G120)

B422 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0422

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P423

FDS

(G120)

B423 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0423

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P424

FDS

(G120)

B424 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0424

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P425

FDS

(G120)

B425 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0425

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P426

FDS

(G120)

B426 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0426

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P427

FDS

(G120)

B427 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0427

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P428

FDS

(G120)

B428 fixed bit

is applied to binector B0428

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10.21 Digital setpoint input (fixed setpoint, inching and crawling setpoints)

(see also Section 8, Sheets G127, G129 and G130 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

Fixed setpoint

Function: Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P431 indices .01 to .08. These can be applied as an additional fixed setpoint (K0204,

K0209) via the binectors selected in P430, indices .01 to .08 (setpoint is applied when binector switches to log. "1" state). P432

indices .01 to .08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp-function generator must be bypassed on

setpoint injection.

If fixed setpoint injection is not selected, the connector set in P433 is applied to K0209.

P430

(G127)

Source for fixed-setpoint injection

Selection of binector to control injection of the fixed setpoint

("1" state = fixed setpoint injected).

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-47

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P431

(G127)

Source for fixed setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the fixed setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P432

(G127)

Source for selection of ramp-function generator bypass

Selection as to whether or not ramp-function generator must be bypassed

when the fixed setpoint is injected.

The ramp-function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the

binector selected via an index of P430 and the setting in the same index of

P432 produces a log. "1"

0 to 1

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P433

FDS

(G127)

Source for standard setpoint

Selection of the connector to be applied if fixed-setpoint injection is not

selected

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=11

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Inching setpoint

Function: Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P436 indices .01 to .08. These can be applied as an inching setpoint (K0202, K0207) via

the binectors selected in P435, indices .01 to .08 (setpoint is applied when binector switches to log. "1" state). P437 indices .01

to .08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp-function generator must be bypassed on setpoint

injection. If more than one inching setpoint is injected, an output value corresponding to inching setpoint = 0% is applied.

If inching setpoint injection is not selected, the connector set in P438 is applied to K0207.

P435

(G129)

Source for injection of inching setpoint

Selection of binector to control injection of the inching setpoint

("1" state = inching setpoint injected).

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P436

(G129)

Source for inching setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the inching setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P437

(G129)

Source for selection of ramp-function generator bypass

Selection as to whether or not ramp-function generator must be bypassed

when the inching setpoint is injected.

The ramp-function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the

binector selected via an index of P435 and the setting in the same index of

P437 produces a log. "1".

0 to 1

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P438

FDS

(G129)

Source for standard setpoint

Selection of the connector to be applied if inching-setpoint injection is not

selected

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=208

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Crawling setpoint

Function: Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P441 indices .01 to .08. These can be applied as an additional crawling setpoint (K0201,

K0206) via the binectors selected in P440, indices .01 to .08. P445 can be set to define whether the setpoint must be applied

when the selected binectors have reached the log. "1" state (when P445=0) or in response to a 0 → 1 transition (when

P445=1). When setpoint injection in response to a 0 → 1 transition is selected, the setpoint injection function is reset when the

binector selected in P444 switches to the log. "0" state. P442 indices .01 to .08 can be set to define for each setpoint

individually whether the ramp-function generator must be bypassed on setpoint injection.

If crawling setpoint injection is not selected, the connector set in P443 is applied to K0206.

P440

(G130)

Source for injection of crawling setpoint

Selection of binector to control injection of the crawling setpoint.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-48 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P441

(G130)

Source for crawling setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the crawling setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P442

(G130)

Source for selection of ramp-function generator bypass

Selection as to whether or not ramp-function generator must be bypassed

when the crawling setpoint is injected.

The ramp-function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the

binector selected via an index of P440 and the setting in the same index of

P442 produces a log. "1".

0 to 1

Ind: 8

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P443

FDS

(G130)

Source for standard setpoint

Selection of the connector to be applied if crawling-setpoint injection is not

selected

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=207

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P444

BDS

(G130)

Source for standstill command

Selection of the binector to control the standstill operation (OFF1) or

resetting of crawling setpoint injection when P445=1 (log. "0" state = reset).

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P445

(G130)

Selection of level/edge for switch-on/crawling

Selection to define whether ON command must be input via terminal 37 and

the crawling setpoint injected in response to a log. "1" level or to a 0 → 1

transition

0 ON with log. "1" state at terminal 37 and

injection of crawling setpoint with binectors selected in P440 in

log. "1" state

1 ON in response to 0 → 1 transition at terminal 37 and

injection of crawling setpoint in response to 0 → 1 transition of

binectors selected in P440

With this setting, the ON command or injection command for the

crawling setpoint is stored. The memory is reset when the

binector selected in P444 switches to the log. "0" state.

0 to 1

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.22 Position sensing with pulse encoder

See parameters P140 to P148 for pulse encoder definition and monitoring

P450

FDS

(G145)

Resetting of position counter

0 Reset position counter OFF

1 Reset position counter with zero marker

2 Reset position counter with zero marker when LOW signal is

applied to terminal 39

3 Reset position counter when LOW signal is applied to terminal

Note: Counter resetting with P450 = 2 and 3 is executed in the hardware

and is not affected by how the binectors controlled by terminal 39 are

interconnected

0 to 3

Ind: 4

FS=1

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P451

FDS

(G145)

Position counter hysteresis

0 Hysteresis for rotational direction reversal OFF

1 Hysteresis for rotational direction reversal ON (the first pulse

encoder input pulse after a change in rotational direction is not

counted)

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P452

BDS

(G145)

Source for "Reset position counter" command [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of binector to control resetting of the position counter.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-49

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P453

BDS

(G145)

Source for "Enable zero marker counter" command [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of binector to control enabling of the zero marker counter

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

10.23 Connector selector switches

(see also Section 8, Function Diagram Sheet G124 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P455

(G124)

Source for inputs of connector selector switch 1 [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of connectors for the input signals for connector selector switch 1.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 3

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P456

(G124)

Source for control of connector selector switch 1 [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of binectors to control connector selector switch 1.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P457

(G124)

Source for inputs of connector selector switch 2 [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of connectors for the input signals for connector selector switch 2.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 3

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P458

(G124)

Source for control of connector selector switch 2 [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of binectors to control connector selector switch 2.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

10.24 Motorized potentiometer

(see also Section 8, Sheet G126 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P460

FDS

(G126)

Control word for motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator

0 The motorized potentiometer ramp generator is bypassed in

Automatic mode (same effect as for P462 and P463 = 0.01, i.e.

the generator output is made to follow the automatic setpoint

without delay)

1 Motorized potentiometer ramp generator is active in Manual and

Automatic modes

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=1

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P461

FDS

(G126)

Source for setpoint in Automatic mode

Selection of the connector to be applied as the Automatic setpoint to the

ramp-function generator in the motorized potentiometer

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P462

FDS

(G126)

Ramp-up time for motorized potentiometer 0.01 to 300.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P463

FDS

(G126)

Ramp-down time for motorized potentiometer 0.01 to 300.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-50 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P464

FDS

(G126)

Time difference for dy/dt

Setting of dt for the output of dy/dt at a connector,

i.e. on K0241 the change in the output quantity (K0240) is output within the

time set in P464, multiplied by the factor set in P465

(unit of time setting is [s] if P465=0 or [min] if P465=1)

Example: - The ramp-function generator is currently ramping up with a

ramp-up time of P462=5s, i.e. a ramp-up operation from y=0%

to y=100% takes 5s.

- A time difference dt of P464=2s is set.

- ⇒ A dy/dt of 40% appears at connector K0241 since the dy

within the set dt of 2 s equals (2s/5s)*100%.

0.01 to 300.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=10.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P465

FDS

(G126)

Factor of expansion for motorized potentiometer

The effective ramp-up time, ramp-down time or time difference for dy/dt is

the product of the time setting in parameter P462, P463 and P464

respectively, multiplied by the factor set in this parameter.

0 Parameters P462, P463 and P464 are multiplied by a factor of 1

1 Parameters P462, P463 and P464 are multiplied by a factor of 60

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P466

FDS

(G126)

Source for motorized potentiometer setting value

Selection of the connector to be injected as the motorized potentiometer

setting value

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P467

FDS

(G126)

Motorized potentiometer starting value

Starting value of motorized potentiometer after ON when P473 = 0

-199.9 to 199.9

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P468

FDS

(G126)

Setpoint for "Raise motorized potentiometer”

Motorized potentiometer manual operation: Setpoint for "Raise motorized

potentiometer"

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P469

FDS

(G126)

Setpoint for "Lower motorized potentiometer ”

Motorized potentiometer manual operation: Setpoint for "Lower motorized

potentiometer"

-199.99 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=-100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P470

BDS

(G126)

Source for clockwise/counter-clockwise switchover

Selection of binector to control "Clockwise/counter-clockwise

switchover"

("0" state = clockwise).

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P471

BDS

(G126)

Source for manual/automatic switchover

Selection of binector to control "Manual/automatic switchover"

("0" state = manual).

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P472

BDS

(G126)

Source for set motorized potentiometer

Selection of binector to control "Set motorized potentiometer"

("0" to "1" transition = set motorized potentiometer).

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P473

FDS

(G126)

Storage of output value

0 No storage of output value:

The output is set to 0 in all operating states of >o5.

The starting point after ON is determined by P467 (MOP starting

value).

1 Non-volatile storage of output value:

The output value remains stored in all operating states and after

voltage disconnection or failure. The last value stored is output

again after voltage recovery/reconnection.

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-51

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.25 Oscillation

Function:

Parameters P480 to P483 define the waveshape of a rectangular signal (oscillation setpoint K0203). The value set in P480 determines the

signal level for the time period set in P481 and the value set in P482 the signal level for the time period set in P483.

Oscillation: Selected in P485. The free-running rectangular signal is switched through to the output K0208.

P480

FDS

(G128)

Oscillation setpoint 1 -199.9 to 199.9

[%]

0.1% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=0,5

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P481

FDS

(G128)

Oscillation time 1 0.1 to 300.0

[s]

0.1s

Ind: 4

FS=0.1

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P482

FDS

(G128)

Oscillation setpoint 2 -199.9 to 199.9

[%]

0.1% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=-0,4

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P483

FDS

(G128)

Oscillation time 2 0.1 to 300.0

[s]

0.1s

Ind: 4

FS=0.1

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P484

FDS

(G128)

Source for standard setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the output value when the

"Oscillation" function is not selected

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=209

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P485

BDS

(G128)

Source for oscillation selection

Selection of binector to control activation of the "Oscillation" function

(log. "1" state = oscillation active)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.26 Definition of "Motor interface"

(see also Section 8, Sheets G185 and G186 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

CAUTION!

The encoders for measurement and monitoring of the brush length, bearing condition, air flow and motor temperature must be

safely isolated from the power circuit.

P490

(G185)

Selection of temperature sensor for analog monitoring of motor

temperature

i001: Temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23:

i002: Temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205:

Settings:

0 No temperature sensor

1 KTY84

2 PTC thermistor with R=600Ω 1)

3 PTC thermistor with R=1200Ω 1)

4 PTC thermistor with R=1330Ω 1)

5 PTC thermistor with R=2660Ω 1)

1) PTC thermistor according to DIN 44081 / 44082 with specified R at rated

response temperature, 1330Ω on Siemens motors (setting 4 must be

selected). When a PTC thermistor is selected as the temperature

sensor, it is not necessary to set parameters P491 and P492 (alarm and

trip temperatures). These two temperatures are predetermined by the

type of PTC thermistor installed. Whether an alarm or fault is output

when the operating point of the PTC thermistor is reached depends on

how the relevant input is parameterized (P493.F or P494.F).

0 to 5

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P491

FDS

(G185)

Analog monitoring of motor temperature: Alarm temperature

Operative only when P490.x=1.

0 to 200

[°C]

1°C

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-52 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P492

FDS

(G185)

Analog monitoring of motor temperature: Trip temperature

Operative only when P490.x=1.

0 to 200

[°C]

1°C

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P493

FDS

(G185)

Motor temperature analog 1 (temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23):

Tripping of alarm or fault message

Motor temperature grasped with KTY84

0 Monitoring deactivated

1 Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491

2 Fault message (F029) at temperature > P492

3 Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491 and

fault message (F029) at temperature > P492

Motor temperature grasped with PTC thermistor

0 Monitoring deactivated

1 Alarm message (A029) when operating point of PTC thermistor

is reached

2 Fault message (F029) when operating point of PTC thermistor is

reached

3 Illegal setting

0 to 3

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P494

FDS

(G185)

Motor temperature analog 2 (temperature sensor at terminals 204 /

205): Tripping of alarm or fault message

Motor temperature grasped with KTY84

0 Monitoring deactivated

1 Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491

2 Fault message (F029) at temperature > P492

3 Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491 and

fault message (F029) at temperature > P492

Motor temperature grasped with PTC thermistor

0 Monitoring deactivated

1 Alarm message (A029) when operating point of PTC thermistor

is reached

2 Fault message (F029) when operating point of PTC thermistor is

reached

3 Illegal setting

0 to 3

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P495

FDS

(G186)

Brush length sensing: Tripping of alarm or fault message

0 No brush length sensing (terminal 211 is not scanned)

1 Binary brush length sensing (terminal 211 is scanned)

Alarm (A025) in response to 0 signal

2 Binary brush length sensing (terminal 211 is scanned)

Fault message (F025) in response to 0 signal

0 to 2

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P496

FDS

(G186)

Bearing condition: Tripping of alarm or fault message

0 No bearing condition sensing (terminal 212 is not scanned)

1 Bearing condition sensing (terminal 212 is scanned)

Alarm (A026) in response to 1 signal

2 Bearing condition sensing (terminal 212 is scanned)

Fault message (F026) in response to 1 signal

0 to 2

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P497

FDS

(G186)

Air flow: Tripping of alarm or fault message

0 No air flow monitoring (terminal 213 is not scanned)

1 Air flow monitoring (terminal 213 is scanned)

Alarm (A027) in response to 0 signal

2 Air flow monitoring (terminal 213 is scanned)

Fault message (F027) in response to 0 signal

0 to 2

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P498

FDS

(G186)

Temperature switch: Tripping of alarm or fault message

0 No temperature switch connected (terminal 214 is not scanned)

1 Temperature switch connected (terminal 214 is scanned)

Alarm (A028) in response to 0 signal

2 Temperature switch connected (terminal 214 is scanned)

Fault message (F028) in response to 0 signal

0 to 2

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-53

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.27 Configuring of torque shell input

P500

BDS

(G160)

Source for torque setpoint for slave drive

Selection of the connector to be injected as the torque setpoint for a slave

drive

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=170

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P501

BDS

(G160)

Source for additional torque setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the additional torque setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P502

(G152)

Source for value to be added to speed controller output

Selection of connector to be injected as the value to be added to the speed

controller output (in addition to friction and moment of inertia compensation)

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P503

FDS

(G160)

Multiplier for torque setpoint in slave mode -300.00 to 300.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

10.28 Speed limiting controller

(see also Section 8, Sheet G160 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

The output of the speed limiting controller comprises a positive (K0136) and a negative (K0137) torque limit. These limits are applied to

the torque limitation

P509

(G160)

Source for input quantity (n-act) of speed limiting controller

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P510

(G160)

Source for pos. torque limit of speed limiting controller

Selection of the connector to be injected as the limit value for torque

limitation 1

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=2

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P511

(G160)

Source for neg. torque limit of speed limiting controller

Selection of the connector to be injected as the limit value for torque

limitation 2

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=4

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P512

FDS

(G160)

Maximum speed in positive direction of rotation 0.0 to 199.9

[%]

0.1% of rated speed

Ind: 4

FS=105.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P513

FDS

(G160)

Maximum speed in negative direction of rotation -199.9 to 0.0

[%]

0.1% of rated speed

Ind: 4

FS=-105.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P515

FDS

(G160)

P gain of speed limiting controller 0.10 to 200.00

0.01

Ind: 4

FS=3.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-54 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.29 Friction compensation

(see also Section 8, Sheet G153 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

Parameters P520 to P530 are the armature current and torque setpoint required for a stationary input signal (factory setting: speed

controller actual value K0179) of 0%, 10% to 100% of the maximum value (in steps of 10%).

These parameters are intermediate points along the friction curve. Depending on P170 (0 or 1) they are either an armature current or a

torque setpoint and are set automatically when the friction and moment of inertia compensation (P051=28) are optimized. P520 is then set

to 0.0%.

The intermediate points are interpolated linearly during which the output of the friction compensation assumes the sign of the input signal.

P530 is specified by the friction compensation even for input signals >100% of the maximum signal.

During operation in both directions we recommend leaving P520 at 0.0% in order to avoid armature current vibration at 0% of the input

signal.

P519

(G153)

Source for input signal of the friction compensation [SW 2.0 and later]

Selection of the input signals that are added and led to the input of the

friction compensation.

i001 Input signal, with sign

i002 Input signal with absolute value generator

Settings:

0 = Connector K0000

1 = Connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=

i001: 179

i002: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

offline

P520

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 0% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P521

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 10% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P522

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 20% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P523

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 30% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P524

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 40% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P525

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 50% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P526

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 60% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P527

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 70% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P528

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 80% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P529

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 90% speed

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P530

FDS

(G153)

Friction at 100% speed and higher

Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque

0.0 to 100.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-55

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.30 Compensation of moment of inertia (dv/dt injection)

(see also Section 8, Sheet G153 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P540

FDS

(G153)

Acceleration time

The acceleration time is the time that would be needed to accelerate the

drive from 0% to 100% of maximum speed (with no friction) at 100%

converter rated DC current (armature) and 100% rated motor field current

(i.e. 100% flux). It is a measure of the moment of inertia on the motor shaft.

This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for friction

and moment of inertia compensation (P051=28).

0.00 to 650.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P541

FDS

(G153)

P gain of acceleration

Proportional gain for "SAD-dependent acceleration" function (see also

parameter P543)

0.00 to 650.00

0.01

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P542

FDS

(G136)

Time difference for dy/dt of ramp-function generator

Ramp-function generator:

Setting of dt for the output of dy/dt at a connector, i.e. at K0191, the change

in the output quantity of the ramp-function generator (K0190) is output within

the period set in P542

Example: - The ramp-function generator is currently ramping up with a

ramp-up time of P311=5s, i.e. a ramp-up operation from y=0%

to y=100% takes 5s.

- A time difference dt of P542=2s is set.

- ⇒ A dy/dt of 40% appears at connector K0191 since the dy

within the set dt of 2 s equals (2s/5s)*100%..

(see also parameter P330)

0.01 to 300.00

[s]

0.01s

Ind: 4

FS=0.01

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P543

FDS

(G153)

Threshold for SAD-dependent acceleration

With respect to the SAD-dependent acceleration function, only the

component of the speed controller setpoint/actual value difference which

has an absolute value in excess of the threshold set in this parameter is

switched through (see also parameter P541).

Input (setp./act. val. diff.)

Output (value to be multiplied by P541)

199.99%

-200.00%

negative

threshold

(-P543)

positive

threshold

(P543)

0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01% of maximum

speed

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P546

FDS

(G153)

Filter time for compensation of moment of inertia 0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-56 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.31 Speed controller

(see also Section 8, Sheet G151 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

further parameters for the speed controller P200 - P236

Speed controller adaptation

The parameters of the speed controller (Kp, Tn, droop) can be altered as a function of any connector to adapt the speed controller

optimally to a changing controlled system.

The diagrams below show the active P gain, the active Integration time and the active droop depending on the value of the set connector.

Adaptation of the P gain:

P550

P225

Input

selected in P553

Threshold 2

P559

Threshold 1

P556

Adaptation of the integration time:

P551

P226

Input

selected in P554

Threshold 2

P560

Threshold 1

P557

Adaptation of the droop:

P552

P227

Input

selected in P555

Threshold 2

P561

Threshold 1

P558

For parameter pairs P225/P550, P226/P551 and P227/P552 all values can be set completely mutually independently, e.g., P550 does not

have to be greater than P225. The above diagrams show only the effect of the individual parameters.

Threshold 1 must always be set smaller than threshold 2, otherwise the fault message F058 is activated.

P550

FDS

(G151)

P gain in the adaptation range

Value of Kp, if Influencing quantity ≤ Threshold 1

0.10 to 200.00

0.01

Ind: 4

FS=3.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P551

FDS

(G151)

Integration time in the adaptation range [SW 1.7 and later]

Value of Tn, if Influencing quantity ≤ Threshold 1

0.010 to 10.000

[s]

0.001s

Ind: 4

FS=0.650

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P552

FDS

(G151)

Droop in the adaptation range [SW 1.7 and later]

Value of droop, if Influencing quantity ≤ Threshold 1

0.0 to 10.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=0.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P553

FDS

(G151)

Source for the Influencing quantity of the Kp adaptation

Selection of which connector is connected at the influencing quantity for

adaptation of the n controllers P gain

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P554

FDS

(G151)

Source for the Influencing quantity of the Tn-adaptation

[SW 1.7 and later]

Selection of which connector is connected at the influencing quantity for

adaptation of the n controllers integration time

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-57

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P555

FDS

(G151)

Source for the Influencing quantity of the droop adaptation

[SW 1.7 and later]

Selection of which connector is connected at the influencing quantity for

adaptation of the n controllers droop

0 = Connector K0000

1 = Connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P556

FDS

(G151)

Adaptation n controller P gain: Threshold 1 0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P557

FDS

(G151)

Adaptation n controller integration time: Threshold 1 [SW 1.7 and later] 0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P558

FDS

(G151)

Adaptation n controller droop: Threshold 1 [SW 1.7 and later] 0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P559

FDS

(G151)

Adaptation n controller P gain: Threshold 2 0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P560

FDS

(G151)

Adaptation n controller integration time: Threshold 2 [SW 1.7 and later] 0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P561

FDS

(G151)

Adaptation n controller droop: Threshold 2 [SW 1.7 and later] 0.00 to 100.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=0.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

Drehzahlregler - Begrenzung der Statik

P562

FDS

(G151)

Positive speed droop limitation 0.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=100.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P563

FDS

(G151)

Negative speed droop limitation -199.99 to 0.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: 4

FS=-100.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Speed controller optimization for drives with oscillating mechanical system

On drives with oscillating mechanical components, it can be useful to optimize the speed controller using optimization run P051=29. The

frequency response of the controlled system for frequencies from 1 Hz to 100 Hz is recorded during optimization.

The drive is first accelerated up to a base speed (P565, FS=20%). A sinusoidal speed setpoint with low amplitude (P566, FS=1%) is then

injected. The frequency of this supplementary setpoint is incremented in 1 Hz steps from 1 Hz up to 100 Hz. An average per frequency is

calculated over a parameterizable number of current peaks (P567, FS=300).

P565 Base speed for frequency response recording [SW 1.9 and later]

1.0 to 30.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: None

FS=20.0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P566 Amplitude for frequency response recording [SW 1.9 and later]

0.01 to 5.00

[%]

0.01%

Ind: None

FS=1.00

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

P567 Number of current peaks for frequency response recording

[SW 1.9 and later]

While the frequency response is being recorded, an average over the

number of current peaks set here is calculated for each measuring

frequency. High values improve the result, but extend the measuring time.

When P567 = 1000, the frequency response recording takes about 9

minutes.

100 to 1000

Ind: None

FS=300

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

on-line

10-58 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.32 Field reversal

(see also Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P580

BDS

(G200)

Source for selection of "Direction of rotation reversal using field

reversal”

Selection of binector to control the "Direction of rotation reversal using field

reversal" function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

Signal 0: Positive field direction is selected (B0260 = 1, B0261 = 0),

actual speed value is not inverted

Signal 1: Negative field direction is selected (B0260 = 0, B0261 = 1),

actual speed value is inverted

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P581

BDS

(G200)

Source for selection of "Braking with field reversal”

Selection of binector to control the ”Braking with field reversal" function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

Signal change 0→1: Reversal of field direction (causes braking);

When n<n-min is reached, the original field direction is

selected again. The drive switches to state o7.2

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P582

BDS

(G200)

Source for selection of "Field reversal” [SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of binector to control "Field reversal" function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

Signal 0: Positive field direction is selected (B0260 = 1, B0261 = 0)

Signal 1: Negative field direction is selected (B0260 = 0, B0261 = 1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P583

(G200)

Source for actual speed signal for field reversal logic

[SW 1.9 and later]

Selection of connector to be used as actual speed value for the field

reversal logic.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

10.33 Input quantities for signals

(see also Section 8, Sheet G187 and G188 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P590

(G187)

Source for setpoint of “nset = nact signal 1”

Setpoint/actual value deviation signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity "nset" for the

setpoint/actual value deviation signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=174

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P591

(G187)

Source for actual value of "n-set = n-act signal 1"

Setpoint/actual value deviation signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity "nact" for the

setpoint/actual value deviation signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-59

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P592

(G187)

Source for actual value of "n < ncomp. signal”

n < ncomp. signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity (n) for the n < ncomp.

signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P593

(G187)

Source for actual value of “n < nmin signal”

n < nmin signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity (n) for the n < nmin

signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P594

(G188)

Source for input quantity of "Polarity signal”

Polarity signal of speed setpoint:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity "nset" for the polarity

signal of the speed setpoint.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=170

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P595

(G188)

Source for actual value of "Overspeed signal”

Overspeed signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity "nact" for the

overspeed signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P596

(G187)

Source for setpoint of "nset = nact signal 2” [SW 1.9 and later]

Setpoint/actual value deviation signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity "nset" for the

setpoint/actual value deviation signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=174

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

P597

(G187)

Source for actual value of “nset = nact signal 2” [SW 1.9 and later]

Setpoint/actual value deviation signal:

Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity "nact" for the

setpoint/actual value deviation signal.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

10.34 Configuring of closed-loop control

Setting values for configuring of torque shell

P600

(G163)

Source for gating unit input (armature)

i001 to i004:

Selects which connectors are applied as the gating unit input

(armature). All four values are added.

Settings:

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=

i001: 102

i002: 0

i003: 0

i004: 0

Typ: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

off-line

10-60 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P601

(G160)

(G161)

(G162)

Source for armature current controller setpoint

i001,i002 Speed limiting controller:

Selection of connectors to be injected as input quantities for

the speed limiting controller. Both values are added.

i003,i004 Current limitation:

Selection of connectors to be injected as armature current

controller setpoint (before current limitation). Both values are

added.

i005,i006 Current control: [SW 1.8 and later]

Selection of which connectors are connected as the armature

current controller setpoint (before current controller). The

two values are added. The magnitude is formed from the

value selected with index 6.

Settings:

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 6

FS=

i001: 141

i002: 0

i003: 134

i004: 0

i005: 125

i006: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P602

(G162)

Source for armature current controller actual value

Selection of connector to be injected as armature current controller

actual value

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=117

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P603

(G161)

Source for variable current limit in torque direction I

i001..i004 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit

in torque direction I

Normalization: +100% corresponds to P100*P171

i005 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque

direction I with Fast Stop or Shutdown

Normalization: +100% corresponds to P100*P171

i006 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit

in torque direction I

Normalization: +100% corresponds to r072.002

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

i007 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque

direction I with Emergency Stop or Shutdown

Normalization: +100% corresponds to r072.002

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

Settings:

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 7

FS=

i001: 1

i002: 1

i003: 1

i004: 1

i005: 1

i006: 2

i007: 2

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-61

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P604

(G161)

Source for variable current limit in torque direction II

i001..i004 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit

in torque direction II

Normalization: -100% corresponds to P100*P172

i005 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque

direction II with Fast Stop or Shutdown

Normalization: -100% corresponds to P100*P172

i006 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit

in torque direction II

Normalization: -100% corresponds to r072.002

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

i007 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque

direction II with Emergency Stop or Shutdown

Normalization: -100% corresponds to r072.002

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

Settings:

0 = connector K0000

...

8 = connector K0008

9 = value as set in parameter P603.ixx ∗ (−1)

10 = connector K0010

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 7

FS=9

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P605

(G160)

Source for variable positive torque limit

Torque limitation:

Selection of connectors to be injected as the variable positive torque limit

i001..i004 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the positive

system torque limit according to Ia=P171 and If = P102

i005 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the positive

torque limit according to Ia=r072.002 and If = P102

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 5

FS=2

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P606

(G160)

Source for variable negative torque limit

Torque limitation:

Selection of connectors to be injected as the variable negative torque limit

i001..i004 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the negative

system torque limit according to Ia=P172 and If = P102

i005 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the negative

torque limit according to Ia=r072.002 and If = P102

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

0 = connector K0000

...

8 = connector K0008

9 = value as set in parameter P605 ∗ (−1)

10 = connector K0010

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 5

FS=9

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P607

BDS

(G160)

Source for torque setpoint for master drive

Torque limitation:

Selection of connector to be injected as the torque setpoint for a master

drive

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=148

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-62 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

Speed controller

P609

(G151)

Source for actual speed controller value

Selection of connector to be injected as the actual speed controller value

when P083=4

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Setting values for configuring of closed-loop field and EMF control

P610

(G166)

Source for gating unit input (field)

Selection of connector to be applied to the gating unit input (field)

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=252

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P611

(G165)

Source for field current controller setpoint

Limitation at EMF controller output:

Selection of connectors to be injected as the field current controller

setpoint. The connectors selected in the four indices are added.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=

i001: 277

i002: 0

i003: 0

i004: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P612

(G166)

Source for actual field current controller value

Selection of connectors to be injected as the field current controller actual

value. The two values are added.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=

i001: 266

i002: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P613

(G165)

Source for variable field current setpoint upper limit

Limitation at EMF controller output

Selection of connector to be injected as the variable field current setpoint

upper limit

i001..i004 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the rated

excitation current of the motor (P102)

i005 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the actual

converter rated DC current (field) (r073.002)

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 5

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P614

(G165)

Source for variable field current setpoint lower limit

Limitation at EMF controller output

Selection of connector to be injected as the variable field current setpoint

lower limit

i001..i004 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the minimum

excitation current of the motor (P103)

i005 Normalization:

100% of the connector value corresponds to the actual

converter rated DC current (field) (r073.002)

[can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 5

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-63

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P615

(G165)

Source for EMF controller setpoint

Selection of connectors to be injected as the EMF controller setpoint. The

connectors selected in the four indices are added.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=

i001: 289

i002: 0

i003: 0

i004: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P616

(G165)

Source for actual EMF controller value

Selection of connector to be injected as the actual EMF controller value

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=286

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Configuring of injection of acceleration value

P619

(G153)

Source for acceleration injection value

Selection of connector to be applied as the acceleration injection value

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=191

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Speed controller

Speed controller, setpoint/actual value deviation

Function:

The connectors selected in parameters P621 and P622 are added and those selected in P623 and 624 subtracted

P620

(G152)

Source for speed controller setpoint/actual value deviation

Selection of connector to be injected as the control deviation

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=165

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P621

(G152)

Source for speed controller setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=176

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P622

(G152)

Source for speed controller setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=174

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P623

(G152)

Source for actual speed controller value

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=179

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P624

(G152)

Source for actual speed controller value

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Speed controller: Filtering of setpoint and actual value, band-stop filters

P625

FDS

(G152)

Source for speed controller setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for speed setpoint

filtering

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=170

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P626

FDS

(G152)

Source for actual speed controller value

Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for actual speed

value filtering

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-64 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P627

(G152)

Source for input of D element

Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for the D element

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=178

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P628

(G152)

Source for input of band-stop filter 1

Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for band-stop filter 1

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=179

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P629

(G152)

Source for band-stop filter 2

Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for band-stop filter 2

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=177

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Speed controller droop

P630

(G151)

Source for influencing quantity for speed droop

Selection of connector to be injected as the influencing quantity

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=162

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Setting the speed controller I component

Function: When the binector selected in P695 switches state from log. "0" to log. "1", the I component of the speed controller is set to the

value of the connector selected in P631.

With this function it is possible, for example, to use the same signal (binector) to control controller enabling commands and

setting of the I component.

P631

(G152)

Source for setting value for speed controller integrator

Selection of connector to be injected as the setting value for the I

component

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Setting values for configuring the setpoint processing function and ramp-function generator

Limitation at ramp-function generator output (setpoint limitation)

(see also Section 8, Sheet G136 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

The effective limitations are:

Upper limit: Minimum value of P300 and the four connectors selected with P632

Lower limit: Maximum value of P301 and the four connectors selected with P633

Note: The limiting values for both the positive and negative setpoint limits can have a positive or negative sign. The negative setpoint

limit, for example, can therefore be parameterized to a positive value and the positive setpoint limit to a negative value.

P632

(G137)

Source for variable positive limitation at ramp-function generator

output

Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable positive limitation at

the ramp-function generator output (setpoint limitation).

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P633

(G137)

Source for variable negative limitation at ramp-function generator

output

Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable negative limitation at

the ramp-function generator output (setpoint limitation).

0 = connector K0000

...

8 = connector K0008

9 = value as set in parameter P632 ∗ (−1)

10 = connector K0010

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=9

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-65

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P634

(G137)

Source for limitation input at ramp-function generator output

Selection of connectors which must be added up to provide the limitation

input at the ramp-function generator output (setpoint limitation).

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=

i001: 190

i002: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P635

FDS

(G135)

Source for ramp-function generator setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the ramp-function generator

setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=194

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P636

(G136)

Source for reduction signal for ramp-function generator times

Selection of connector to be injected as the reduction signal for the ramp-

function generator times

i001 acts on ramp-up and ramp-down time (P303, P304)

i002 acts on lower and upper transition roundings (P305, P306)

i003 acts on ramp-up time (P303)

i004 acts on ramp-down time (P304)

i005 acts on lower transition rounding (P305)

i006 acts on upper transition rounding (P306)

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 6

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P637

BDS

(G136)

Source for selection of "Ramp-function generator setting 2"

Selection of binector to control switchover to "Ramp-function generator

setting 2".

With a log. "1" signal at the binector, ramp-function generator parameter set

2 (P307 - P310) is selected. This function has a higher priority than the

ramp-up integrator function.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P638

BDS

(G136)

Source for selection of "Ramp-function generator setting 3”

Selection of binector to control switchover to "Ramp-function generator

setting 3".

With a log. "1" signal at the binector, ramp-function generator parameter set

3 (P311 - P314) is selected. This function has a higher priority than the

ramp-up integrator function.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P639

(G136)

Source for the ramp-function generator setting values

Selection of the connectors that are connected as the ramp-function

generator setting values.

i001 Setting value for the ramp-function generator output in state log.

"1" of the binector selected via P640

i002 Setting value for the ramp-function generator output if the drive

is not in state "Operating" (B0104=0) and the binector selected

via P640 is in state log. "0"

[i002 only available with SW 1.6 and later]

0 = Connector K0000

1 = Connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=167

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

≥off-line

P640

BDS

(G136)

Source for selection of "Set ramp-function generator”

Selection of binector to control the "Set ramp-function generator" function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-66 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P641

BDS

(G136)

Source for selection of "Bypass ramp-function generator”

Selection of binector to control the "Bypass ramp-function generator"

function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P642

(G135)

Source for variable positive limitation of main setpoint

Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable positive limitation of

the main setpoint.

The lowest value in each case of the connectors selected via the 4 indices

is applied as the limit.

Note: Negative values at the selected connectors result in a negative

maximum value at the output of the limitation.

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=2

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P643

(G135)

Source for variable negative limitation of main setpoint

Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable negative limitation of

the main setpoint.

The lowest value in each case of the connectors selected via the 4 indices

is applied as the limit.

Note: Positive values at the selected connectors result in a positive

minimum value at the output of the limitation.

0 = connector K0000

...

8 = connector K0008

9 = value as set in parameter P642 ∗ (−1)

10 = connector K0010

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=9

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P644

FDS

(G135)

Source for main setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as the main setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=206

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P645

FDS

(G135)

Source for additional setpoint

Selection of connector to be injected as an additional setpoint

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P646

BDS

(G136)

Source for enable signal for ramp-up integrator switchover

Selection of binector to control enabling of the ramp-function integrator

switchover function.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P647

BDS

(G136)

Source for enable signal for ramp-function generator tracking

[SW 2.1 and later]

Selection of binector to control enabling of the ramp-function generator

tracking function.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-67

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.35 Control word, status word

Selection of sources of control words 1 and 2

P648

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1

Selection of connector to act as the source for control word 1.

0 = connector K0000

...

8 = connector K0008

9 = parameters P654 to P675 are effective

(every individual bit of control word 1 is input by a binector)

10 = connector K0010

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=9

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P649

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2

Selection of connector to act as the source for control word 2.

0 = connector K0000

...

8 = connector K0008

9 = parameters P676 to P691 are effective

(every individual bit of control word 2 is input by a binector)

10 = connector K0010

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 2

FS=9

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Display of control words 1 and 2

r650

(G180)

Display of control word 1

Mode of representation on operator panel (PMU):

3210

89101112131415

Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 0 to 15 of the control word

Segment ON: Corresponding bit is in log. "1" state

Segment OFF: Corresponding bit is in log. "0" state

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r651

(G181)

Display of control word 2

Mode of representation on operator panel (PMU):

3210

89101112131415

Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 16 to 31 of the control word

Segment ON: Corresponding bit is in log. "1" state

Segment OFF: Corresponding bit is in log. "0" state

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

Display of status words 1 and 2

r652

(G182)

Display of status word 1

Mode of representation on operator panel (PMU):

3210

89101112131415

Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 0 to 15 of the status word

Segment ON: Corresponding bit is in log. "1" state

Segment OFF: Corresponding bit is in log. "0" state

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

10-68 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

r653

(G183)

Display of status word 2

Mode of representation on operator panel (PMU):

3210

89101112131415

Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 16 to 31 of the status word

Segment ON: Corresponding bit is in log. "1" state

Segment OFF: Corresponding bit is in log. "0" state

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

The following parameters are used to select the binectors (some of which are gated with one another or with other signals) to be applied to

the individual bits of the control word.

The settings of all these parameters are as follows:

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

The functions and logic operations are also shown on Sheets G180 and G181 in Section 8 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**.

Control word 1

P654

BDS

(G130)

Source for control word 1, bit0

(0=OFF1, 1=ON; ANDed with terminal 37)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P655

BDS

(G180)

1st source for control word 1, bit1

(0=OFF2; ANDed with 2nd and 3rd sources for bit1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P656

BDS

(G180)

2nd source for control word 1, bit1

(0=OFF2; ANDed with 1st and 3rd sources for bit1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P657

BDS

(G180)

3rd source for control word 1, bit1

(0=OFF2; ANDed with 1st and 2nd sources for bit1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P658

BDS

(G180)

1st source for control word 1, bit2

(0=OFF3=Fast stop; ANDed with 2nd and 3rd sources for bit2)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P659

BDS

(G180)

2nd source for control word 1, bit2

(0=OFF3=Fast stop; ANDed with 1st and 3rd sources for bit2)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P660

BDS

(G180)

3rd source for control word 1, bit2

(0=OFF3=Fast stop; ANDed with 1st and 2nd sources for bit2)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P661

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit3

(0=pulse disable, 1=enable; ANDed with terminal 38)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P662

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit4

(0=set ramp-function generator to zero, 1=enable ramp-function generator)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P663

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit5

(0=ramp-function generator stop, 1=ramp-function generator start)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P664

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit6

(0=enable setpoint, 1=disable setpoint)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P665

BDS

(G180)

1st source for control word 1, bit7

(0→1 transition=acknowledge; ORed with 2nd and 3rd sources for bit7)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-69

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P666

BDS

(G180)

2nd source for control word 1, bit7

(0→1 transition=acknowledge; ORed with 1st and 3rd sources for bit7)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P667

BDS

(G180)

3rd source for control word 1, bit7

(0→1 transition=acknowledge; ORed with 1st and 2nd sources for bit7)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P668

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit8

(1=inching bit0)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P669

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit9

(1=inching bit1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P671

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit11

(0=pos. direction of rotation disabled, 1=pos. direction of rotation enabled)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P672

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit12

(0= neg. direction of rotation disabled, 1= neg. direction of rotation enabled)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P673

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit13

(1=raise motorized potentiometer)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P674

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit14

(1=lower motorized potentiometer)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P675

BDS

(G180)

Source for control word 1, bit15

(0=external fault, 1=no external fault)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Control word 2

P676

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit16

(select function data set bit 0)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P677

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit17

(select function data set bit 1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P680

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit20

(select fixed setpoint 0)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P681

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit21

(select fixed setpoint 1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P684

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit24

(0=n controller speed droop disabled, 1=enabled)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P685

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit25

(0=n controller disabled, 1=n controller enabled)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P686

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit26

(0=external fault 2, 1=no external fault 2)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P687

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit27

(0=master drive, speed control, 1=slave drive, torque control)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P688

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit28

(0=external alarm 1, 1=no external alarm 1)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-70 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P689

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit29

(0=external alarm 2, 1=no external alarm 2)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P690

(G181)

Source for control word 2, bit30

(0=select Bico data set 1, 1=select Bico data set 2)

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P691

BDS

(G181)

Source for control word 2, Bit31 [SW 1.8 and later]

Main contactor checkback signal:

(0 = main contactor dropped out, 1 = main contactor picked up)

This control input is intended as a means of looping an auxiliary contact of

the main contactor into the device control.

During the Power ON routine, this signal must switch to "1" within the time

period set in P095. If it does not, or it disappears during operation, fault

message F004 with fault value 6 is activated.

P691 = 0: Bit 31 of control word 2 is inoperative.

(This setting of P691 is always active, regardless of whether

control word 2 is input in word mode [P649 = 9] or bit mode

[P649 <> 9])

P691 = 1: Bit 31 of control word 2 is inoperative.

(This setting of P691 is active only when control word 2 is input

in bit mode, i.e. when P649 <> 9)

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.36 Further configuring measures

P692

BDS

(G166)

Source for selection of injection of standstill field

Selection of binector to control injection of the standstill field ("0" state =

inject standstill field)

Note: The delay time set in P258 is not effective when this function is

active.

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P693

BDS

(G165)

Source for selection of enabling command for EMF controller

Selection of binector which is to control enabling of the EMF controller

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P694

BDS

(G160)

Source for selection of enabling command for "Torque limit

switchover”

Selection of binector which is to control enabling of the "Torque limit

switchover" function (1=enable, see also Sheet G160 in Section 8 of

Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD** and P180 to P183)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P695

BDS

(G152)

Source for selection of "Set speed controller I component" function

Selection of binector to control the "Set I component" function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

When the binector selected in P695 switches from log. "0" to log. "1", the I

component of the speed controller is set to the value of the connector

selected in P631.

With this function it is possible, for example, to use the same signal

(binector) to control controller enabling commands and setting of the I

component.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-71

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P696

BDS

(G152)

Source for selection of "Stop speed controller I component" function

Selection of binector to control the "Stop I component" function

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

When the binector selected in P696 changes to the log. "1" state, the I

component of the speed controller is stopped.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P697

BDS

(G153)

Source for selection of enabling of dv/dt injection

Selection of binector to control enabling of dv/dt injection (state "1" =

enable)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P698

BDS

(G152)

Source for selection of enabling command for speed-dependent speed

controller PI / P function switchover

Selection of binector to control enabling of the speed-dependent PI / P

controller switchover function (see also P222)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: 2

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.37 Analog inputs (main actual value, main setpoint, selectable inputs)

(see also Section 8, Sheets G113 and G114 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

Analog input terminals 4 / 5 (main setpoint)

P700

(G113)

Signal type of "Main setpoint" analog input

0 = Voltage input 0 to ±10 V

1 = Current input 0 to ±20 mA

2 = Current input 4 to 20 mA

0 to 2

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P701

FDS

(G113)

Normalization of "Main setpoint" analog input

This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an

input voltage of 10V (or an input current of 20mA) at the analog input.

The following generally applies:

For voltage input:

701 10[%] =∗ X .. Input voltage in volts

Y .. % value which is generated for input

voltage X

With current input:

PmA

701 20[%] =∗ X .. Input current in mA

Y .. % value which is generated for input

current X

-1000.0 to 1000.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=100.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P702

(G113)

Offset for "Main setpoint" analog input -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P703

(G113)

Mode of signal injection at "Main setpoint" analog input

0 = Injection of signal with sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P704

(G113)

Source for selection of sign reversal at "Main setpoint" analog input

Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input ("1" state

= reverse sign)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P705

(G113)

Filtering time for "Main setpoint" analog input

Note: Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard.

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-72 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P706

(G113)

Source for enabling of "Main setpoint" analog input

Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input ("1" state =

enabled)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P707

(G113)

Resolution of "Main setpoint" analog input

The voltage applied to the analog input is converted to a digital value (A/D

conversion) for further processing. The method used calculates an average

value of the input voltage over a specific measuring time.

The A/D conversion process produces a scale for the voltage range of 0 to ±

10V, the number of steps (divisions) along this scale can be set in P707 (i.e.

the smallest possible differentiable change in the input voltage

(quantization) can be set in this parameter). The number of scale steps or

intervals is referred to as "Resolution".

The resolution is normally specified in bits:

± 11 bits means 2 * 2048 scale divisions

± 12 bits means 2 * 4096 scale divisions

± 13 bits means 2 * 8192 scale divisions

± 14 bits means 2 * 16384 scale divisions

The following applies:

The higher the resolution, the longer the averaging time and thus also the

delay period between the application of an analog step change and the

earliest possible moment of availability of the digital value for further

processing.

For this reason, it is important to find a compromise between the resolution

and delay period.

Param. Resolution Quantization Delay period

value better than

11 ± 11 bits 4.4 mV 0.53 ms

12 ± 12 bits 2.2 mV 0.95 ms

13 ± 13 bits 1.1 mV 1.81 ms

14 ± 14 bits 0.56 mV 3.51 ms

If the analog input is operating as a current input (0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA),

the above applies analogously.

11 to 14

[Bit]

1 bit

Ind: None

FS=12

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Analog input terminals 6 / 7 (analog selectable input 1)

P710

(G113)

Signal type of "Analog selectable input 1"

0 = Voltage input 0 to ±10 V

1 = Current input 0 to ±20 mA

2 = Current input 4 to 20 mA

0 to 2

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P711

FDS

(G113)

Normalization of "Analog selectable input 1"

This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an

input voltage of 10V (or an input current of 20mA) at the analog input.

The following generally applies:

For voltage input:

711 10[%] =∗

X .. Input voltage in volts

Y .. % value which is generated for input

voltage X

With current input:

PmA

711 20[%] =∗

X .. Input current in mA

Y .. % value which is generated for input

current X

-1000.0 to 1000.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=100.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P712

(G113)

Offset for "Analog selectable input 1" -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P713

(G113)

Mode of signal injection at "Analog selectable input 1"

0 = Injection of signal with sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-73

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P714

(G113)

Source for selection of sign reversal at "Analog selectable input 1"

Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input ("1" state

= reverse sign)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P715

(G113)

Filtering time for "Analog selectable input 1"

Note: Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard.

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P716

(G113)

Source for enabling of "Analog selectable input 1"

Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input ("1" state =

enabled)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P717

(G113)

Resolution of "Analog selectable input 1"

See P707

10 to 14

[Bit]

1 bit

Ind: None

FS=12

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Analog input terminals 8 / 9 (analog selectable input 2)

P721

FDS

(G114)

Normalization of "Analog selectable input 2"

This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an

input voltage of 10V (or an input current of 20mA) at the analog input.

The following generally applies:

For voltage input:

721 10[%] =∗ X .. Input voltage in volts

Y .. % value which is generated for input

voltage X

With current input:

PmA

721 20[%] =∗ X .. Input current in mA

Y .. % value which is generated for input

current X

-1000.0 to 1000.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=100.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P722

(G114)

Offset for "Analog selectable input 2" -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P723

(G114)

Mode of signal injection at "Analog selectable input 2"

0 = Injection of signal with sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P724

(G114)

Source for selection of sign reversal at "Analog selectable input 2"

Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input ("1" state

= reverse sign)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P725

(G114)

Filtering time for "Analog selectable input 2"

Note: Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard.

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P726

(G114)

Source for enabling of "Analog selectable input 2"

Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input ("1" state =

enabled)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-74 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

Analog input terminals 10 / 11 (analog selectable input 3)

P731

FDS

(G114)

Normalization of "Analog selectable input 3"

This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an

input voltage of 10V (or an input current of 20mA) at the analog input.

The following generally applies:

For voltage input:

731 10[%] =∗

X .. Input voltage in volts

Y .. % value which is generated for input

voltage X

With current input:

PmA

731 20[%] =∗

X .. Input current in mA

Y .. % value which is generated for input

current X

-1000.0 to 1000.0

[%]

0.1%

Ind: 4

FS=100.0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P732

(G114)

Offset for "Analog selectable input 3" -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P733

(G114)

Mode of signal injection at "Analog selectable input 3"

0 = Injection of signal with sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P734

(G114)

Source for selection of sign reversal at "Analog selectable input 3"

Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input ("1" state

= reverse sign)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P735

(G114)

Filtering time for "Analog selectable input 3"

Note: Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard.

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P736

(G114)

Source for enabling of "Analog selectable input 3"

Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input ("1" state =

enabled)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

Analog input terminals 103 / 104 (main actual value)

P741

FDS

(G113)

Normalization for "Main actual value”

Rated value of input voltage at nmax (=tachometer voltage at maximum

speed)

This parameter defines the maximum speed when P083=1.

-270.00 to 270.00

[V]

0.01V

Ind: 4

FS=60.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P742

(G113)

Offset for "Main actual value" analog input -200.00 to 199.99

[%]

0.01%

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P743

(G113)

Mode of signal injection at "Main actual value" analog input

0 = Injection of signal with sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P744

(G113)

Source for selection of sign reversal at "Main actual value" analog

input

Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input ("1" state

= reverse sign)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P745

(G113)

Filtering time for "Main actual value" analog input

Note: Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard.

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-75

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P746

(G113)

Source for enabling of "Main actual value" analog input

Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input ("1" state =

enabled)

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.38 Analog outputs

(see also Section 8, Sheets G115 and G116 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

Analog output terminals 12 / 13 (actual current display)

P749

(G115)

Control word for terminal 12 (actual current display)

0 Output with correct sign

(positive voltage: Current in torque direction MI)

(negative voltage: Current in torque direction MII)

1 Output of absolute value (positive voltage only)

2 Output with sign, inverted

(positive voltage: Current in torque direction MII)

(negative voltage: Current in torque direction MI)

3 Output of absolute value, inverted (negative voltage only)

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Analog output terminals 14 / 15

P750

(G115)

Source for output value at analog output 1

Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P751

(G115)

Mode of signal injection at analog output 1

0 = Injection of signal with correct sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P752

(G115)

Filtering time for analog output 1 0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P753

(G115)

Normalization of analog output 1

yV x P

[] %

=∗753

100

x = Normalization input (corresponds to filtering output)

y = Normalization output (corresponds to output voltage at analog output

with offset = 0)

-200.00 to 199.99

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=10.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P754

(G115)

Offset for analog output 1 -10.00 to 10.00

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Analog output terminals 16 / 17

P755

(G115)

Source for output value at analog output 2

Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P756

(G115)

Mode of signal injection at analog output 2

0 = Injection of signal with correct sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P757

(G115)

Filtering time for analog output 2 0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-76 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P758

(G115)

Normalization of analog output 2

yV x P

[] %

=∗758

100

x = Normalization input (corresponds to filtering output)

y = Normalization output (corresponds to output voltage at analog output

with offset = 0)

-200.00 to 199.99

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=10.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P759

(G115)

Offset for analog output 2 -10.00 to 10.00

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Analog output terminals 18 / 19

P760

(G116)

Source for output value at analog output 3

Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P761

(G116)

Mode of signal injection at analog output 3

0 = Injection of signal with correct sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P762

(G116)

Filtering time for analog output 3 0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P763

(G116)

Normalization of analog output 3

yV x P

[] %

=∗763

100

x = Normalization input (corresponds to filtering output)

y = Normalization output (corresponds to output voltage at analog output

with offset = 0)

-200.00 to 199.99

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=10.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P764

(G116)

Offset for analog output 3 -10.00 to 10.00

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

Analog output terminals 20 / 21

P765

(G116)

Source for output value at analog output 4

Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P766

(G116)

Mode of signal injection at analog output 4

0 = Injection of signal with correct sign

1 = Injection of absolute value of signal

2 = Injection of signal with sign, inverted

3 = Injection of absolute value of signal, inverted

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P767

(G116)

Filtering time for analog output 4 0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P768

(G116)

Normalization of analog output 4

yV x P

[] %

=∗768

100

x = Normalization input (corresponds to filtering output)

y = Normalization output (corresponds to output voltage at analog output

with offset = 0)

-200.00 to 199.99

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=10.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P769

(G116)

Offset for analog output 4 -10.00 to 10.00

[V]

0.01V

Ind: None

FS=0.00

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-77

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.39 Binary outputs

(see also Section 8, Sheet G112 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P770

(G112)

(G200)

Control word for binary selectable outputs

i001: 0 Binary selectable output at terminal 46 is not inverted

1 Binary selectable output at terminal 46 is inverted

i002: 0 Binary selectable output at terminal 48 is not inverted

1 Binary selectable output at terminal 48 is inverted

i003: 0 Binary selectable output at terminal 50 is not inverted

1 Binary selectable output at terminal 50 is inverted

i004: 0 Binary selectable output at terminal 52 is not inverted

1 Binary selectable output at terminal 52 is inverted

0 to 1

Ind: 4

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P771

(G112)

(G200)

Source for output value at binary output 1

Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output, terminal 46

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P772

(G112)

(G200)

Source for output value at binary output 2

Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output, terminal 48

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P773

(G112)

Source for output value at binary output 3

Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output, terminal 50

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P774

(G112)

Source for output value at binary output 4

Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output, terminal 52

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P775

(G112)

(G200)

Delay for output value at binary output 1

The logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal

signal level remains constant for the set delay period (internal signal level

changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched

through to the output)

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P776

(G112)

(G200)

Delay for output value at binary output 2

The logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal

signal level remains constant for the set delay period (internal signal level

changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched

through to the output)

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P777

(G112)

Delay for output value at binary output 3

The logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal

signal level remains constant for the set delay period (internal signal level

changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched

through to the output)

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P778

(G112)

Delay for output value at binary output 4

The logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal

signal level remains constant for the set delay period (internal signal level

changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched

through to the output)

0 to 10000

[ms]

1ms

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10-78 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.40 Configuration of serial interfaces on basic converter

G-SST 1 (RS485 / RS232 on X300) (see also Section 8, Sheet G170 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P780

(G170)

Selection of protocol for G-SST1 basic converter interface

0 Setting has no function

2 USS protocol

8 for factory purposes

9 For internal factory test purposes

0, 2, 8, 9

Ind: None

FS=2

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P781

(G170)

Number of process data for G-SST1

When P780 = 0 or 9 is selected: Parameter is irrelevant

When USS protocol (P780=2) is selected: Number of PZD elements

0 No process data are expected or sent in the USS protocol

1...16 Number of process data words in USS protocol (same number

applies to transmission and receipt)

The received PZD elements (1 to max. 16) are available at

connectors (K2001 to K2016) and, in some cases, bit-serially at

binectors for "internal wiring" purposes.

The PZD elements to be transmitted (1 to max. 16) are selected

in parameters P784.01 to P784.16.

0 to 16

Ind: None

FS=2

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P782

(G170)

Length of parameter jobs for G-SST1

This parameter is effective only when P780=2 (USS protocol).

0 No PKW data are expected or sent in the USS protocol.

3, 4 3 or 4 PKW data words are expected in the USS protocol and 3

or 4 PKW data words are also sent (for transmission of

parameter values).

127 Number of PKWs is determined by the telegram length

0, 3, 4, 127

Ind: None

FS=127

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P783

(G170)

Baud rate for G-SST1

1 300 baud

2 600 baud

3 1200 baud

4 2400 baud

5 4800 baud

6 9600 baud

7 19200 baud

8 38400 baud

9 56700 baud

11 93750 baud

13 187500 baud

1 to 13

Ind: None

FS=6

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P784

(G170)

Source for transmit data for G-SST1

Selection of connectors to be transferred as transmit data to the USS

master via USS interface 1.

i001: Selection for word 1

i002: Selection for word 2

...

i016: Selection for word 16

Applicable settings:

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 16

FS=

i001: 32

i002: 167

i003: 0

i004: 33

i005-i016: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P785

(G170)

Options for G-SST1

i001: 0 = Bus terminator OFF

1 = Bus terminator ON

i002: 0 = Bit 10 of the 1st receive word does not function as "Control

by PLC".

1 = Bit 10 of the 1st receive word does function as "Control by

PLC“, i.e. when bit 10 = 0, all other bits of the 1st receive word,

as well as receive words 2 to 16, are not written to connectors

K2001 to K2016, or to binectors B2100 to B2915. All these

connectors and binectors retain their old values.

0 to 1

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-79

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P786

(G170)

USS bus address for G-SST1

This parameter is functional only when P780=2 (USS protocol). Address via

which the unit can be addressed in USS bus operation.

0 to 30

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P787

(G170)

Telegram failure time for G-SST1

The failure time set in this parameter is valid when setting P780=2 (USS

protocol) is selected.

0.000 No time monitoring

0.001...65.000 Time which may elapse between the receipt of two

telegrams addressed to the unit before a fault message

is activated.

Fault message F011 is activated if no valid telegram is received within this

time period.

Note:

The telegram monitoring function is active

• from the receipt of the first error-free telegram after connection of the

electronics power supply

• from the receipt of the first error-free telegram after the telegram monitor

has responded (i.e. monitoring timeout).

0.000 to 65.000

[s]

0.001s

Ind: None

FS=0.000

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P788

(G170)

Source for activation of F011

Selection of binector which will activate fault message F011 when it

switches to log. "1"

2030 = binector B2030

2031 = binector B2031

2030, 2031 Ind: None

FS=2030

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

r789

(G170)

Diagnostic information for G-SST1

Free-running counter, overflow at 65535

i001: Number of error-free telegrams

i002: Number of errored telegrams:

Byte frame, parity, overrun or BCC error

i003: Number of byte frame errors

i004: Number of overrun errors

i005: Parity error

i006: STX error:

Start interval before STX not observed,

telegram residual transfer time not observed,

delay time of LGE character too long,

erroneous STX, i.e. ≠ 02

i007: Violation of telegram residual transfer time

i008: Block check error

i009: Incorrect telegram length:

With P782=3 or 4 only:

The length of the received telegram is ≠ P781 + P782

(Note: If the received values are correct, they will be processed

even when this error has been detected)

i010: Timeout error:

No valid telegram has been received for a period exceeding the

setting in P787. After the occurrence of a timeout error, this

counter is not activated again until the next valid telegram is

received.

Ind: 10

Type: O2

P052 = 3

G-SST 2 (RS485 on X172) (see also Section 8, Sheets G171 and G173 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P790

(G171)

(G173)

Selection of protocol for G-SST2 basic converter interface

0 Setting has no function

2 USS protocol

5 ”Peer-to-peer” communication

9 For internal factory test purposes

0, 2, 5, 9

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-80 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P791

(G171)

(G173)

Number of process data for G-SST2

When P790 = 0 or 9 is selected: Parameter is irrelevant

When USS protocol (P790=2) is selected: Number of PZD elements

0 No process data are expected or sent in the USS protocol

1...16 Number of process data words in USS protocol (same number

applies to transmission and receipt)

The received PZD elements (1 to max. 16) are available at

connectors (K6001 to K6016) and, in some cases, bit-serially at

binectors for "internal wiring" purposes.

The PZD elements to be transmitted (1 to max. 16) are selected

in parameters P794.01 to P794.16.

When peer-to-peer (P790= 5) is selected: Number of transferred words

0 Illegal setting

1...5 Number of transferred words

6...16 Illegal setting

0 to 16

Ind: None

FS=2

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P792

(G171)

Length of parameter jobs for G-SST2

This parameter is effective only when P790=2 (USS protocol).

0 No PKW data are expected or sent in the USS protocol.

3, 4 3 or 4 PKW data words are expected in the USS protocol and 3

or 4 PKW data words are also sent (for transmission of

parameter values).

127 Number of PKWs is determined by the telegram length

0, 3, 4, 127

Ind: None

FS=127

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P793

(G171)

(G173)

Baud rate for G-SST2

1 300 baud

2 600 baud

3 1200 baud

4 2400 baud

5 4800 baud

6 9600 baud

7 19200 baud

8 38400 baud

9 56700 baud

11 93750 baud

13 187500 baud

1 to 13

Ind: None

FS=6

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P794

(G171)

(G173)

Source for transmit data for G-SST2

Selection of connectors to be transferred as transmit data via basic

converter interface 2

When USS protocol (P790=2) is selected:

i001: Selection for word 1

i002: Selection for word 2

...

i016: Selection for word 16

When peer-to-peer (P790=5) is selected:

i001: Selection for word 1

i002: Selection for word 2

...

i005: Selection for word 5

i006: Not used

...

i016: Not used

Applicable settings:

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 16

FS=

i001: 32

i002: 167

i003: 0

i004: 33

i005-i016: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-81

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P795

(G171)

(G173)

Options for G-SST2

i001: 0 = Bus terminator OFF

1 = Bus terminator ON

i002: 0 = Bit 10 of the 1st receive word does not function as "Control

by PLC".

1 = Bit 10 of the 1st receive word does function as "Control by

PLC“, i.e. when bit 10 = 0, all other bits of the 1st receive word,

as well as receive words 2 to 16, are not written to connectors

K6001 to K6016, or to binectors B6100 to B6915. All these

connectors and binectors retain their old values.

0 to 1

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P796

(G171)

USS bus address for G-SST2

This parameter is functional only when P790=2 (USS protocol). Address via

which the unit can be addressed in USS bus operation.

0 to 30

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P797

(G171)

(G173)

Telegram failure time for G-SST2

The failure time set in this parameter is valid when setting P790=2 (USS

protocol) or P790=5 (peer-to-peer) is selected.

0.000 No time monitoring

0.001...65.000 Time which may elapse between the receipt of two

telegrams addressed to the unit before a fault message

is activated.

Fault message F012 is activated if no valid telegram is received within this

time period.

Note:

The telegram monitoring function is active

• from the receipt of the first error-free telegram after connection of the

electronics power supply

• from the receipt of the first error-free telegram after the telegram monitor

has responded (i.e. monitoring timeout).

Since the telegram transfer time is dependent on the set baud rate, the

following minimum setting values for P797 are recommended:

Baud rate as set in P793: Recommended minimum value for P797:

300 baud 0.520s

600 baud 0.260s

1200 baud 0.140s

2400 baud 0.080s

≥ 4800 baud 0.040s

Note:

If the "Automatic restart" function is selected (P086>0) on the peer-to-peer

communication partner, then only a parameter setting of P797>P086 (on the

communication partner) is meaningful.

0.000 to 65.000

[s]

0.001s

Ind: None

FS=0.000

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P798

(G171)

(G173)

Source for activation of F012

Selection of binector which will activate fault message F012 when it

switches to log. "1"

6030 = binector B6030

6031 = binector B6031

6030, 6031 Ind: None

FS=6030

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-82 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

r799

(G171)

(G173)

Diagnostic information for G-SST2

Free-running counter, overflow at 65535

i001: Number of error-free telegrams

i002: Number of errored telegrams:

Byte frame, parity, overrun or BCC error

i003: Number of byte frame errors

i004: Number of overrun errors

i005: Parity error

i006: STX error:

Start interval before STX not observed,

telegram residual transfer time not observed,

delay time of LGE character too long,

erroneous STX, i.e. ≠ 02

i007: Violation of telegram residual transfer time (USS prot. only)

i008: Block check error

i009: Incorrect telegram length:

With P792=3 or 4 only:

The length of the received telegram is ≠ P791 + P792

(Note: If the received values are correct, they will be processed

even when this error has been detected)

i010: Timeout error:

No valid telegram has been received for a period exceeding the

setting in P797. After the occurrence of a timeout error, this

counter is not activated again until the next valid telegram is

received.

Ind: 10

Type: O2

P052 = 3

G-SST 3 (RS485 on X162) (see also Section 8, Sheets G172 and G174 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700-0AD**)

P800

(G172)

(G174)

Selection of protocol for G-SST3 basic converter interface

0 Setting has no function

2 USS protocol

5 ”Peer-to-peer” communication

9 For internal factory test purposes

0, 2, 5, 9

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P801

(G172)

(G174)

Number of process data for G-SST3

When P800 = 0 or 9 is selected: Parameter is irrelevant

When USS protocol (P800=2) is selected: Number of PZD elements

0 No process data are expected or sent in the USS protocol

1...16 Number of process data words in USS protocol (same number

applies to transmission and receipt)

The received PZD elements (1 to max. 16) are available at

connectors (K6001 to K6016) and, in some cases, bit-serially at

binectors for "internal wiring" purposes.

The PZD elements to be transmitted (1 to max. 16) are selected

in parameters P804.01 to P804.16.

When peer-to-peer (P800= 5) is selected: Number of transferred words

0 Illegal setting

1...5 Number of transferred words

6...16 Illegal setting

0 to 16

Ind: None

FS=2

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P802

(G172)

Length of parameter jobs for G-SST3

This parameter is effective only when P800=2 (USS protocol).

0 No PKW data are expected or sent in the USS protocol.

3, 4 3 or 4 PKW data words are expected in the USS protocol and 3

or 4 PKW data words are also sent (for transmission of

parameter values).

127 Number of PKWs is determined by the telegram length

0, 3, 4, 127

Ind: None

FS=127

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-83

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P803

(G172)

(G174)

Baud rate for G-SST3

1 300 baud

2 600 baud

3 1200 baud

4 2400 baud

5 4800 baud

6 9600 baud

7 19200 baud

8 38400 baud

9 56700 baud

11 93750 baud

13 187500 baud

1 to 13

Ind: None

FS=13

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P804

(G172)

(G174)

Source for transmit data for G-SST3

Selection of connectors to be transferred as transmit data via basic

converter interface 3

When USS protocol (P800=2) is selected:

i001: Selection for word 1

i002: Selection for word 2

...

i016: Selection for word 16

When peer-to-peer (P800=5) is selected:

i001: Selection for word 1

i002: Selection for word 2

...

i005: Selection for word 5

i006: Not used

...

i016: Not used

Applicable settings:

0 = connector K0000

1 = connector K0001

etc.

All connector

numbers

Ind: 16

FS=

i001: 32

i002: 167

i003: 0

i004: 33

i005-i016: 0

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P805

(G172)

(G174)

Options for G-SST3

i001: 0 = Bus terminator OFF

1 = Bus terminator ON

i002: 0 = Bit 10 of the 1st receive word does not function as "Control

by PLC".

1 = Bit 10 of the 1st receive word does function as "Control by

PLC“, i.e. when bit 10 = 0, all other bits of the 1st receive word,

as well as receive words 2 to 16, are not written to connectors

K9001 to K9016, or to binectors B9100 to B9915. All these

connectors and binectors retain their old values.

0 to 1

Ind: 2

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P806

(G172)

USS bus address for G-SST3

This parameter is functional only when P800=2 (USS protocol). Address via

which the unit can be addressed in USS bus operation.

0 to 30

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-84 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P807

(G172)

(G174)

Telegram failure time for G-SST3

The failure time set in this parameter is valid when setting P800=2 (USS

protocol) or P800=5 (peer-to-peer) is selected.

0.000 No time monitoring

0.001...65.000 Time which may elapse between the receipt of two

telegrams addressed to the unit before a fault message

is activated.

Fault message F013 is activated if no valid telegram is received within this

time period.

Note:

The telegram monitoring function is active

• from the receipt of the first error-free telegram after connection of the

electronics power supply

• from the receipt of the first error-free telegram after the telegram monitor

has responded (i.e. monitoring timeout).

Since the telegram transfer time is dependent on the set baud rate, the

following minimum setting values for P807 are recommended:

Baud rate as set in P803: Recommended minimum value for P807:

300 baud 0.520s

600 baud 0.260s

1200 baud 0.140s

2400 baud 0.080s

≥ 4800 baud 0.040s

Note:

If the "Automatic restart" function is selected (P086>0) on the peer-to-peer

communication partner, then only a parameter setting of P807>P086 (on the

communication partner) is meaningful.

0.000 to 65.000

[s]

0.001s

Ind: None

FS=0.000

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P808

(G172)

(G174)

Source for activation of F013

Selection of binector which will activate fault message F013 when it

switches to log. "1"

9030 = binector B9030

9031 = binector B9031

9030, 9031 Ind: None

FS=9030

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

r809

(G172)

(G174)

Diagnostic information for G-SST3

Free-running counter, overflow at 65535

i001: Number of error-free telegrams

i002: Number of errored telegrams:

Byte frame, parity, overrun or BCC error

i003: Number of byte frame errors

i004: Number of overrun errors

i005: Parity error

i006: STX error:

Start interval before STX not observed,

telegram residual transfer time not observed,

delay time of LGE character too long,

erroneous STX, i.e. ≠ 02

i007: Violation of telegram residual transfer time (USS prot. only)

i008: Block check error

i009: Incorrect telegram length:

With PP802=3 or 4 only:

The length of the received telegram is ≠ P801 + P802

(Note: If the received values are correct, they will be processed

even when this error has been detected)

i010: Timeout error:

No valid telegram has been received for a period exceeding the

setting in P807. After the occurrence of a timeout error, this

counter is not activated again until the next valid telegram is

received.

Ind: 10

Type: O2

P052 = 3

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-85

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

r810

(G170)

Receive data on G-SST1

Display of data received via USS interface 1

i001: Display process data word 1

...

i016 Display process data word 16

i017: Display parameter data word 1

...

i020: Display parameter data word 4

Ind: 20

Type: L2

P052 = 3

r811

(G170)

Transmit data on G-SST1

Display of the data to be transmitted via USS interface 1

i001: Display process data word 1

...

i016 Display process data word 16

i017: Display parameter data word 1

...

i020: Display parameter data word 4

Ind: 20

Type: L2

P052 = 3

r812

(G171)

(G173)

Receive data on G-SST2

When USS protocol (P790=2) is selected:

Display of data received via USS interface 2

i001: Display process data word 1

...

i016 Display process data word 16

i017: Display parameter data word 1

...

i020: Display parameter data word 4

When peer-to-peer (P790=5) is selected:

Display of data received via peer-to-peer interface 2

i001: Receive data word 1

...

i005 Receive data word 5

i006: Not used

...

i020 Not used

Ind: 20

Type: L2

P052 = 3

r813

(G171)

(G173)

Transmit data on G-SST2

When USS protocol (P790=2) is selected:

Display of the data to be transmitted via USS interface 2

i001: Display process data word 1

...

i016 Display process data word 16

i017: Display parameter data word 1

...

i020: Display parameter data word 4

When peer-to-peer (P790=5) is selected:

Display of the data to be transmitted via peer-to-peer interface 2

i001: Transmit data word 1

...

i005 Transmit data word 5

i006: Not used

...

i020 Not used

Ind: 20

Type: L2

P052 = 3

10-86 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

r814

(G172)

(G174)

Receive data on G-SST3

When USS protocol (P800=2) is selected:

Display of data received via USS interface 3

i001: Display process data word 1

...

i016 Display process data word 16

i017: Display parameter data word 1

...

i020: Display parameter data word 4

When peer-to-peer (P800=5) is selected:

Display of data received via peer-to-peer interface 3

i001: Receive data word 1

...

i005 Receive data word 5

i006: Not used

...

i020 Not used

Ind: 20

Type: L2

P052 = 3

r815

(G172)

(G174)

Transmit data on G-SST3

When USS protocol (P800=2) is selected:

Display of the data to be transmitted via USS interface 3

i001: Display process data word 1

...

i016 Display process data word 16

i017: Display parameter data word 1

...

i020: Display parameter data word 4

When peer-to-peer (P800=5) is selected:

Display of the data to be transmitted via peer-to-peer interface 3

i001: Transmit data word 1

...

i005 Transmit data word 5

i006: Not used

...

i020 Not used

Ind: 20

Type: L2

P052 = 3

Peer-to-peer interfaces: Enable transmission and receipt of telegrams:

If transmission on a peer-to-peer interface is disabled, the associated output drivers are connected to high impedance. If reception is

disabled on a peer-to-peer interface, then the telegram failure monitoring function is deactivated.

P816

(G173)

Peer-to-peer 2: Source for data reception enabling command

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P817

(G173)

Peer-to-peer 2: Source for data transmission enabling command

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P818

(G174)

Peer-to-peer 3: Source for data reception enabling command

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P819

(G174)

Peer-to-peer 3: Source for data transmission enabling command

0 = binector B0000

1 = binector B0001

etc.

All binector numbers

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: L2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-87

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.41 Deactivation of monitoring functions

WARNING

If monitoring functions are deactivated, there may be a risk to the safety of operating personnel or of

substantial property damage if a fault or error actually occurs!

P820

* Deactivation of fault messages

The numbers of all fault messages to be deactivated must be entered in this

parameter. Fault numbers can be entered in any order. 0 must be entered

for any unused indices of the parameter.

Factory setting:

i001 = 7 (overvoltage)

i002 = 18 (short circuit at binary outputs)

i003 = 31 (monitoring of speed controller)

i004 = 35 (drive blocked)

i005 = 36 (armature current cannot flow)

i006 = 37 (I2t motor monitoring function has responded)

i007 to i099 = 0

0 to 147

Ind: 99

FS=

see column

on left

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P821

* Deactivation of alarms

The numbers of all alarm messages to be deactivated must be entered in

this parameter. Alarm numbers can be entered in any order. 0 must be

entered for any unused indices of the parameter.

0 to 147

Ind: 99

FS= 0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

10.42 Compensation values

r824 A7006 compensation values

These data contain compensation values for the analog section of

electronics board A7006

0 to 65535

Ind: 10

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P825 Offset compensation for actual field current channel

These data contain compensation values for the actual field current sensing

function. They are automatically set during "Restore factory settings"

(P051=21) and during the automatic offset compensation run (P051=22).

13000 to 25000

Ind: 3

FS=19139

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

P826

(G163)

Correction of natural commutation timing

If there is a variation in the armature current peak value (in spite of a

constant firing angle), it can be corrected by offsetting the firing angle

reference time of the appropriate line phase in parameter P826. One line

phase (UV, UW, VW, VU, WU, WV) is assigned to each parameter index

(i001 to i006).

Increasing the parameter setting by a value of 1 corresponds to an increase

of 1.333 µs in the firing angle (0.024 degrees at 50Hz line frequency),

consequently reducing the armature current peak in the appropriate line

phase.

P826 is automatically set during the optimization run for precontrol and

current controller (armature and field) (P051=25) (only when U800=0; when

U800=1 or 2, parameters P826.001 to 006 are set to 0).

Caution:

Even an asymmetrical system causes variations in the magnitude of

armature current peaks. However, the system asymmetry may also change.

-100 to 100 * 1.333

[µs]

1.333µs

Ind: 6

FS=0

Type: I2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Online

r827 Internal diagnosis

i001: Number of write access operations to EEPROM

i002: Number of Page-Write access operations to EEPROM

i003: Counter for DUAL-PORT RAM timeouts

0 to 65535

Ind: 3

Type: O2

P052 = 3

r828 MLFB data

These data contain details about the power section design (model)

0 to 65535

Ind: 16

Type: O2

P052 = 3

r829 A7001 compensation values

These data contain compensation values for the analog section of

electronics board A7001

0 to 65535

Ind: 68

Type: O2

P052 = 3

10-88 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.43 Thyristor diagnosis

P830

* Control word for thyristor diagnosis

0 Thyristor check function deactivated

1 Thyristors are checked on initial SWITCH-ON or INCHING

command after connection of the electronics supply voltage.

2 Thyristors are checked on every SWITCH-ON or INCHING

command.

3 Thyristors will be checked on the next SWITCH-ON or INCHING

command. Parameter P830 is set to 0 if no fault is detected.

Note:

The thyristor check function may not be activated (setting P830=0 must be

selected)

− when the ”Enable a torque direction for torque direction change by

parallel drive” function is in use (see also parameter P165) or

− when the converter is used to supply large inductances (e.g. field supply

from armature terminals, supply of lifting solenoids, etc.).

0 to 3

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10.44 Parameters for DriveMonitor and OP1S

P831

r849

Parameters for the Trace function of DriveMonitor

These parameters are settings for the data exchange between DriveMonitor

and the SIMOREG converter. They must not be changed!

P052 = 3

r850

P899

Parameters for the OP1S

These parameters are settings for the data exchange between OP1S and

the SIMOREG converter. They must not be changed!

P052 = 3

10.45 Profile parameters

P918

(Z110)

(Z111)

CB bus address

Protocol-dependent bus address for communication boards

Note:

The validity of the bus address is monitored by the communication board.

(Bus addresses 0 to 2 are reserved for Master stations on PROFIBUS

boards and must not therefore be set for other purposes). If the value is not

accepted by the COM BOARD, fault F080 is displayed with fault value 5

0 to 200

Ind: 2

FS=3

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

P927

(G170)

(G171)

(G172)

(Z110)

(Z111)

Parameterization enable

Enabling of interfaces for parameterization. A parameter value can only be

altered via an enabled interface.

0: None

1: Communications board (CB)

2: Parameterizing unit (PMU)

4: G-SST1 serial interface and OP1S

8: Reserved

16: Technology board (TB)

32: G-SST2 serial interface

64: G-SST3 serial interface

Setting information:

Every interface has a numeric code.

The number for one specific interface, or the sum of various numbers

assigned to several interfaces, must be entered in this parameter in order to

enable the relevant interface(s) for use as a parameterization interface.

Example:

Factory setting value 6 (=4+2) means that the PMU and G-SST1 interfaces

are enabled for parameterization purposes.

0 to 127

Ind: None

FS=6

Type: V2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-89

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.46 Fault memory

r947

(G189)

Fault memory

Display of fault messages generated in response to recent faults. A fault

value and fault time is assigned to each fault number (see Section 10 for

details of fault numbers and fault values).The interrelationship between the

associated parameters is shown in the diagram below.

The fault numbers of the last (maximum 8) fault events are stored under the

indices of parameter P947. r947.001 displays the fault number of the current

(still not acknowledged) fault, index 9 displays the number of the most

recent acknowledged fault, index 17 the fault number of the second most

recent acknowledged fault, etc. An entry of "0" means that no "earlier" fault

has occurred. Since only one fault message can be stored with respect to

any fault event on the SIMOREG 6RA70, only indices 1, 9, 17, 25, 33, 41,

49 and 57 are relevant.

A fault value is assigned to each fault number in the corresponding index of

parameter r949. This provides further information about the nature of the

fault.

In addition, the fault time (the current reading of the hours run counter as

the fault occurred (r048)), is stored for each fault in r049. The data for the

current (not yet acknowledged) fault are stored as the "Hours run counter

reading" in index 1. The data for earlier, already acknowledged faults are

stored under the following indices.

. . .

Index 1

Index 9

Index 17

Current

1st acknowl.

Current

r947

Fault number

r949

Fault value

r049

Fault time [h]

Index 1

Index 2

Index 3

Index 4

Index 5

Index 6

Index 7

Index 8

Current

1st acknowl.

2nd acknowl. 2nd acknowl.

1st acknowl.

2nd acknowl.

3rd acknowl.

4th acknowl.

5th acknowl.

6th acknowl.

7th acknowl.

Plaintext information about the fault numbers is available under the

corresponding index of parameter r951.

Ind: 64

Type: O2

P052 = 3

r949

(G189)

Fault value

Fault value of faults, allows more detailed diagnosis for a variety of

parameters.

The fault values are stored in the same indices as the associated fault

numbers (r947) - see parameter r947.

Ind: 64

Type: O2

P052 = 3

r951 Fault text 0 to 65535

Ind: 101

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P952 Number of faults

Settings:

0 Deletes the entire fault memory (r947, r949 and r049) by

resetting to 0

Note: P952 cannot be reset while a fault is pending

>0 Display of the faults stored in the fault memory (r947, r949 and

r049)

0 to 65535

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-90 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

10.47 Visualization parameters: Alarms

r953 Alarm parameter 1

Display of active alarms in bit-coded form (A001 to A016).

If one of the alarms between 1 and 16 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

4321

910111213141516

See Section 10.2 for meaning of individual alarms.

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r954 Alarm parameter 2

Display of active alarms in bit-coded form (A017 to A032).

If one of the alarms between 17 and 32 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

20 19 18 17

2526272829303132

See Section 10.2 for meaning of individual alarms

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r955 Alarm parameter 3

Parameter alarms 3

If one of the alarms between 33 and 48 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

36 35 34 33

4142434445464748

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r956 Alarm parameter 4

Parameter alarms 4

If one of the alarms between 49 and 64 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

52 51 50 49

5758596061626364

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r957 Alarm parameter 5

Parameter alarms 5

If one of the alarms between 65 and 80 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up..

68 67 66 65

7374757677787980

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r958 Alarm parameter 6

Parameter alarms 6 (CB alarms)

If one of the alarms between 81 and 96 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

84 83 82 81

8990919293949596

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

SIEMENS Energy & Automation 10-91

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

r959 Alarm parameter 7

Parameter alarms 7 (TB alarms 1)

If one of the alarms between 97 and 112 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

100 99 98 97

101

102

103

104

105106107108109110111112

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r960 Alarm parameter 8

Parameter alarms 8 (TB alarms 2)

If one of the alarms between 113 and 128 is generated, the corresponding

segment in the display lights up.

116 115 114 113

117

118

119

120

121122123124125126127128

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

10.48 Device identification

r964 Parameters for device identification on the PROFIBUS

[SW 2.0 and later]

Display parameters to support overview and diagnosis of all nodes on the

PROFIBUS-DP during and after commissioning

(coding according to PROFIBUS profile V3)

i001: Display of the manufacturer of the

SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 : SIEMENS = 42

i002: Display of device type: SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 = 4110

i003: Display of the software version of the SIMOREG DC Master

6RA70

(see r060.001)

i004: Display of year of generation of the software of the SIMOREG

DC Master 6RA70: y y y y

(see r061.001)

i005: Display of the month and day of generation of the software of

the SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70: d d m m

(see r061.003 and r061.002)

i006: Display of the controlled axes of the SIMOREG DC Master

6RA70: 1

0 to 65535

Ind: 6

Type: O2

P052 = 1

10.49 Visualization parameters: Control and status word

r967 Display of control word 1

Visualization parameter for control word 1 (bits 0-15)

Identical to r650 (control word 1)

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

r968 Display of status word 1

Visualization parameter for status word 1 (bits 0 - 15)

Identical to r652 (status word 1)

Ind: None

Type: V2

P052 = 3

10.50 Resetting and storing parameters,

list of existing and modified P and r parameters

P970

* Restore factory setting

Reset parameters to factory setting (default)

0: Parameter reset: All parameters are reset to their original values

(factory setting). This parameter is then automatically reset to 1.

1: No parameter reset

Note: Function can also be selected by setting P051=21.

0 to 1

Ind: None

FS=1

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

10-92 SIEMENS Energy & Automation

SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions

PNU

Description Value range

[Unit]

Steps

No. indices

Factory

setting

Type

See

Change

(Access /

Status)

P971

* EEPROM transfer

Transfer of parameter values from RAM to EERPROM on switchover from 0

to 1.

It takes approximately 15s to process all values. The PMU remains in value

mode for this period.

0 to 1

Ind: None

FS=0

Type: O2

P052 = 3

P051 = 40

Offline

r980 List of existing parameter numbers, start

Visualization parameter for displaying the first 100 parameter numbers in

the P or r parameter range (0 to 999). The parameter numbers are listed in

ascending sequence.

Repetition of a number over several indices means that there are no further

parameter numbers in the 0 to 999 range.

The list is continued at the parameter whose number is displayed under

index 101.

Siemens 6Ra70 Users Manual Ch 0 Cover Contentswopix

6RA70 to the manual ce03091a-16d5-418a-a642-83c481f2eb5a

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation